1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes false
133 \output_changes false
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
152 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
154 \begin_inset CommandInset href
156 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
167 \begin_inset Newline newline
171 \begin_inset Newline newline
175 \begin_inset Note Note
178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
179 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
180 \begin_inset Newline newline
185 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
193 \begin_layout Standard
194 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
195 LatexCommand tableofcontents
202 \begin_layout Chapter
206 \begin_layout Section
210 \begin_layout Standard
211 LyX is a document preparation system.
212 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
213 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
214 It is unlike most other
215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
222 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
224 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
240 pt type, left justified, 5
241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
249 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
253 \begin_layout Standard
254 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
267 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
271 \begin_layout Standard
273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
284 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
285 the format of all of the manuals.
286 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
287 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 \begin_layout Section
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
311 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
312 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
318 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
319 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
321 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
322 only a vertical scrollbar.
323 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
324 The first case is large images.
325 To avoid that they are displayed larger than your screen, use in the image
332 LaTeX and LyX options
335 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
337 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
338 this doesn't work for equations yet.
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
350 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
357 \begin_layout Section
361 \begin_layout Standard
362 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
367 of the manuals from inside LyX.
368 Just select the manual you want read from the
375 \begin_layout Section
377 \begin_inset CommandInset label
379 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
386 \begin_layout Standard
387 Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu
389 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
393 \begin_inset Index idx
396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
402 LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
403 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
404 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
406 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
407 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
412 \begin_inset space \space{}
415 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
416 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
418 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
422 \begin_inset Index idx
425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
426 Reconfiguration of LyX
431 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
434 \begin_layout Section
436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
438 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
445 \begin_layout Standard
446 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
447 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
449 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
450 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
454 \begin_layout Standard
455 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
457 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
458 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
461 \begin_layout Standard
462 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
463 you can view from the menu
465 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
484 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
485 reconfigure LyX (menu
487 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
491 \begin_inset Note Note
494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
495 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
503 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
504 More about TeX Code is described in section
509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
511 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
515 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
522 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
532 \begin_inset Index idx
535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
536 Reconfiguration of LyX
541 See section 5.1 of the
545 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
548 \begin_layout Chapter
552 \begin_layout Section
553 Basic File Operations
554 \begin_inset Index idx
557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
566 \begin_layout Standard
571 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
572 in addition to some more advanced operations:
575 \begin_layout Itemize
587 \begin_layout Itemize
605 \begin_layout Itemize
617 \begin_layout Itemize
623 \begin_layout Itemize
635 \begin_layout Itemize
645 \begin_layout Itemize
659 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_layout Itemize
687 arg "dialog-show print"
693 \begin_layout Itemize
699 \begin_layout Standard
700 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
701 a few minor differences.
704 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
719 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
720 you for a template to use.
721 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
722 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
723 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
731 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
738 \begin_layout Standard
739 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
771 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
772 space is just that — a big, blank space.
780 \begin_layout Standard
801 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
806 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
831 will reload the document from disk.
832 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
833 and want to restore it to the last save.
842 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
843 can identify them as your changes.
846 \begin_layout Section
847 Basic Editing Features
848 \begin_inset Index idx
851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
860 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
867 \begin_layout Standard
868 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
869 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
870 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
871 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
873 We will start with cut and paste.
876 \begin_layout Standard
877 As you might expect, the
881 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
882 various other editing features.
883 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
887 \begin_layout Itemize
901 \begin_layout Itemize
915 \begin_layout Itemize
929 \begin_layout Itemize
939 \begin_layout Itemize
949 \begin_layout Itemize
965 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
971 \begin_layout Standard
972 The first three are self-explanatory.
973 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you have selected,
974 it is automatically placed in the clipboard.
983 keys also function as the
988 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
989 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
990 You will have to do an
994 to get back the lost text.
997 \begin_layout Standard
998 \begin_inset Index idx
1001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1007 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1011 \begin_inset space ~
1016 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1019 \begin_layout Standard
1022 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1024 \begin_inset space ~
1027 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1029 \begin_inset space ~
1033 \begin_inset space ~
1038 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1044 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1048 \begin_inset space ~
1053 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1054 will start a new paragraph.
1057 \begin_layout Standard
1058 \begin_inset Index idx
1061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1068 \begin_inset Index idx
1071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1079 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1081 \begin_inset space ~
1085 \begin_inset space ~
1093 \begin_inset space ~
1097 \begin_inset space ~
1103 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1108 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1111 \begin_inset space ~
1120 \begin_inset space ~
1125 button to skip the current word.
1129 \begin_inset space ~
1134 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1138 \begin_inset space ~
1143 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1145 If the toggle is set, searching for
1146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1157 will not match the word
1158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1172 Match whole words only
1174 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1175 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1203 LyX offers also an advanced
1206 \begin_inset space ~
1210 \begin_inset space ~
1215 feature that is described in sec.
1216 \begin_inset space ~
1220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1222 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1229 \begin_layout Standard
1230 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1231 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1233 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1238 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1245 \begin_layout Standard
1246 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1249 arg "inset-select-all"
1255 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1258 selects the whole document.
1261 \begin_layout Section
1263 \begin_inset Index idx
1266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1273 \begin_inset Index idx
1276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1285 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1292 \begin_layout Standard
1293 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1294 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1297 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1300 or the toolbar button
1306 to undo some mistake.
1307 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1309 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1312 or the toolbar button
1319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1326 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1327 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1330 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1333 \begin_layout Standard
1334 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1343 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1344 This is a consequence of the 100
1345 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1348 step undo limit, above.
1351 \begin_layout Standard
1360 work on almost everything in LyX.
1361 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1365 \begin_layout Section
1367 \begin_inset Index idx
1370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1379 \begin_layout Standard
1380 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1383 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 \begin_layout Itemize
1393 once anywhere in the edit window.
1394 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1398 \begin_layout Enumerate
1403 \begin_layout Itemize
1409 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1412 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1415 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1418 \begin_layout Itemize
1419 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1421 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1428 \begin_layout Enumerate
1429 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1433 \begin_layout Standard
1434 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1435 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1439 \begin_layout Section
1441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1443 name "sec:Navigating"
1448 \begin_inset Index idx
1451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1460 \begin_layout Standard
1461 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1464 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1470 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1473 \begin_layout Itemize
1474 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1476 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1479 or by the toolbar button
1482 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1488 \begin_layout Itemize
1489 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1491 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1494 and use the same menu to return to them.
1495 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1498 \begin_layout Standard
1502 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1507 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1508 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1511 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1512 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1513 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1514 your last editing position.
1517 \begin_layout Subsection
1521 \begin_layout Standard
1522 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1523 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1524 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1531 LatexCommand formatted
1532 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1536 ), or notes, or citations (see sec.
1537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1542 LatexCommand formatted
1543 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1548 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1552 \begin_layout Standard
1553 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1554 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1555 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1556 dialog and to modify the citation.
1557 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1561 \begin_layout Standard
1562 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1564 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1565 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1573 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1576 \begin_layout Standard
1577 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1578 you further to control the display.
1583 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1584 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1589 option keeps it in the current view state.
1590 Keeping means that when you have e.
1591 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1595 \begin_inset space \space{}
1598 the subsections of section
1599 \begin_inset space ~
1602 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1606 3, the subsections of section
1607 \begin_inset space ~
1610 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1615 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1616 \begin_inset space ~
1620 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1630 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1633 \begin_layout Standard
1635 \begin_inset space ~
1639 \begin_inset Graphics
1640 filename ../images/reload.png
1645 \begin_inset space ~
1648 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1649 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1652 \begin_inset space \space{}
1656 \begin_inset Graphics
1657 filename ../images/down.png
1659 groupId toolbarbuttons
1664 \begin_inset space ~
1668 \begin_inset space \space{}
1672 \begin_inset Graphics
1673 filename ../images/up.png
1675 groupId toolbarbuttons
1680 \begin_inset space ~
1683 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1684 So, for example, you can move section
1685 \begin_inset space ~
1689 \begin_inset space ~
1692 2.4 or after section
1693 \begin_inset space ~
1697 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1699 \begin_inset Graphics
1700 filename ../images/promote.png
1702 groupId toolbarbuttons
1707 \begin_inset Graphics
1708 filename ../images/demote.png
1710 groupId toolbarbuttons
1714 (or the corresponding key bindings
1722 ) you can change the level of sections.
1723 So you can for example make section
1724 \begin_inset space ~
1728 \begin_inset space ~
1732 \begin_inset space ~
1738 \begin_layout Section
1739 Input / Word Completion
1740 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1742 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1747 \begin_inset Index idx
1750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1757 \begin_inset Index idx
1760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1791 \begin_layout Standard
1792 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1794 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1795 is used to propose completions.
1798 \begin_layout Standard
1799 The input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
1801 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1806 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1813 \begin_inset space ~
1817 \begin_inset space ~
1822 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor.
1826 \begin_inset space ~
1831 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1832 The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
1836 \begin_inset space ~
1842 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
1843 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
1846 \begin_layout Standard
1847 LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that there are
1848 completions available.
1853 key to accept a proposed completion.
1854 If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1855 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1856 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1863 \begin_layout Standard
1864 The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
1865 ing options for text.
1866 The special math option
1870 enables that characters can be composed.
1871 If you for example want to insert the character
1872 \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
1875 , you can then input the characters
1876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1887 to a formula to get it.
1888 So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the usage
1889 of the math toolbar.
1890 A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
1894 that is somewhere in LyX's installation folder.
1895 Math autocorrection can any time turned on by pressing the exclamation
1904 \begin_layout Section
1906 \begin_inset Index idx
1909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1916 \begin_inset Index idx
1919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1948 \begin_inset Index idx
1951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1982 \begin_layout Standard
1983 There are at least two different primary binding maps:
1996 , which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
1998 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2004 \begin_layout Standard
2008 \begin_inset space ~
2016 \begin_inset space ~
2037 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2041 \begin_layout Labeling
2042 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2046 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2047 LatexCommand nomenclature
2049 description "Tabulator key"
2055 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2056 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2057 \begin_inset space ~
2061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2063 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2070 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2074 , especially section
2075 \begin_inset space ~
2079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2081 reference "sub:Lists"
2087 If you're still confused, look in the
2092 \begin_inset Newline newline
2095 In LyX the Tab key is only used to accept propositions of the input completion.
2098 \begin_layout Labeling
2099 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2103 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2104 LatexCommand nomenclature
2106 description "Escape key"
2113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2120 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2121 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2124 \begin_layout Labeling
2125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2131 \begin_inset space ~
2135 \begin_inset space ~
2142 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2143 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2147 \begin_layout Standard
2148 There are three modifier keys:
2151 \begin_layout Labeling
2152 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2170 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2171 LatexCommand nomenclature
2173 description "Control key"
2177 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2178 on which keys it is used in combination with:
2182 \begin_layout Itemize
2191 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2194 \begin_layout Itemize
2203 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2206 \begin_layout Itemize
2215 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2219 \begin_layout Labeling
2220 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2238 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2239 LatexCommand nomenclature
2241 description "Shift key"
2245 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
2246 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2249 \begin_layout Labeling
2250 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2268 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2269 LatexCommand nomenclature
2271 description "Alt or Meta key"
2275 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2276 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2277 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2283 \begin_inset Newline newline
2286 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2288 menu accelerator keys
2291 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2292 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2296 \begin_layout Standard
2297 For example, the sequence
2298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2304 \begin_inset space ~
2308 \begin_inset space ~
2314 \begin_inset space ~
2322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2341 \begin_inset space ~
2347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2357 \begin_layout Standard
2362 manual lists all other things bound to the
2370 \begin_layout Standard
2371 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2372 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2373 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action,
2374 you've just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2375 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2376 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2377 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2379 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2395 followed by a capital
2402 \begin_layout Standard
2403 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2405 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2410 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2413 as explained in sec.
2414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2420 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2427 \begin_layout Chapter
2429 \begin_inset Index idx
2432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2441 \begin_layout Section
2443 \begin_inset Index idx
2446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2455 \begin_layout Subsection
2459 \begin_layout Standard
2460 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2461 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2462 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2463 numbering schemes, and so on.
2464 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2465 and format the title of your document differently.
2468 \begin_layout Standard
2473 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2474 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2475 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2476 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2477 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2480 \begin_layout Standard
2481 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2482 how to adjust their properties.
2485 \begin_layout Subsection
2487 \begin_inset Index idx
2490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2497 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2499 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2506 \begin_layout Standard
2507 You can select a class using the
2509 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2510 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2514 \begin_inset Index idx
2517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2524 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2528 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2532 \begin_layout Standard
2533 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2537 \begin_layout Description
2538 Article for basic articles
2541 \begin_layout Description
2542 Report for basic reports
2545 \begin_layout Description
2546 Book for writing a book
2549 \begin_layout Description
2550 Letter for US-style letters
2553 \begin_layout Standard
2554 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2555 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2556 will include many of these.
2557 Here are some of the classes.
2558 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2560 Special Document Classes
2569 \begin_layout Description
2570 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2573 \begin_layout Description
2574 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2578 \begin_layout Description
2579 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2583 \begin_layout Description
2584 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2585 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2586 There are three article layouts available.
2587 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2588 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2589 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2590 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2595 sequential numbering
2596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2599 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2600 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2601 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2602 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2605 \begin_layout Description
2606 Beamer Layout for presentations
2609 \begin_layout Description
2610 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2611 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2615 \begin_layout Description
2616 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2619 \begin_layout Description
2621 \begin_inset space ~
2624 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2627 \begin_layout Description
2628 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2631 \begin_layout Description
2632 Foils Used to make transparencies
2635 \begin_layout Description
2636 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2637 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2641 \begin_layout Description
2642 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2643 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2646 \begin_layout Description
2647 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2650 \begin_layout Description
2651 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2654 \begin_layout Description
2655 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2656 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2657 (Is used by this document.)
2660 \begin_layout Description
2661 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2664 \begin_layout Description
2665 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2668 \begin_layout Description
2673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2680 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2681 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2683 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2686 \begin_layout Description
2687 Slides Used to make transparencies
2690 \begin_layout Description
2692 \begin_inset space ~
2695 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2696 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2699 \begin_layout Description
2700 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2703 \begin_layout Standard
2704 We will not go into any detail about how to use these different document
2706 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2712 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2713 of the document classes.
2716 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2720 \begin_layout Standard
2721 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2723 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2724 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2726 \begin_inset Index idx
2729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2746 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2747 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2749 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2752 \begin_layout Standard
2754 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2755 and some of them, like
2759 , are highly specialized.
2760 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2761 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2763 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2764 by some document class.
2765 There are just too many of them.
2766 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2769 \begin_layout Standard
2770 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2778 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2779 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2780 document class for a new file.
2781 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2786 Installing new LaTeX files
2787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2794 manual for information on how to install them.
2795 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2801 \begin_layout Standard
2802 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2803 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2805 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2806 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2807 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2809 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2812 \begin_inset space ~
2819 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2831 \begin_inset Index idx
2834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2843 \begin_layout Standard
2844 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2845 chosen document class.
2846 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2847 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2854 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2858 \begin_inset Index idx
2861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2868 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2872 \begin_layout Standard
2873 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2874 always installed by default.
2875 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2876 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2877 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2878 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2879 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2880 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2881 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2884 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2888 \begin_inset Index idx
2891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2892 Reconfiguration of LyX
2898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2901 Installing new LaTeX files
2902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2909 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2912 \begin_layout Standard
2913 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2921 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2922 LyX will advise you about these things.
2930 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2932 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2934 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2939 \begin_inset Index idx
2942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2943 Document ! Local Layout
2951 \begin_layout Standard
2952 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2953 used in a variety of different documents.
2954 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2955 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2956 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2957 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2958 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2959 What you want is LyX's
2960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2976 manual for information on how to use it.
2979 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2983 \begin_layout Standard
2984 Each class has a default set of options.
2985 Here's a quick table describing them:
2988 \begin_layout Standard
2989 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2995 \begin_layout Standard
2997 \begin_inset Tabular
2998 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2999 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
3000 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3001 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3002 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3003 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3004 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3458 \begin_layout Standard
3459 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3465 \begin_layout Standard
3466 You're probably also wondering what
3467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3471 \begin_inset space ~
3475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3479 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3480 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3485 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3490 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3500 headings, there are also
3508 headings, and so on.
3509 We will describe these headings fully in section
3510 \begin_inset space ~
3514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3516 reference "sub:Headings"
3523 \begin_layout Subsection
3525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3527 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3532 \begin_inset Index idx
3535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3544 \begin_inset Index idx
3547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3556 \begin_layout Standard
3557 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3559 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3566 \begin_inset space ~
3574 \begin_inset space ~
3579 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3581 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3582 to use for your document.
3583 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3587 \begin_layout Standard
3594 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3600 \begin_inset space ~
3605 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3606 You can choose between the following five options:
3609 \begin_layout Labeling
3610 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3615 Use default page style of current class.
3618 \begin_layout Labeling
3619 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3624 No page numbers or headings.
3627 \begin_layout Labeling
3628 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3636 \begin_layout Labeling
3637 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3642 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3643 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3644 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3647 \begin_layout Labeling
3648 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3653 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3654 have the LaTeX-package
3659 \begin_inset Index idx
3662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3663 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3669 How they are defined is explained in section
3670 \begin_inset space ~
3674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3676 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3683 \begin_layout Standard
3684 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3685 \begin_inset space ~
3689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3691 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3698 \begin_layout Subsection
3699 Paper Size and Orientation
3700 \begin_inset Index idx
3703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3704 Document ! Paper size
3710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3712 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3719 \begin_layout Standard
3720 You find the following options in the menu
3723 \begin_inset space ~
3730 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3736 \begin_inset Index idx
3739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3748 \begin_layout Labeling
3749 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3753 \begin_inset space ~
3758 What size paper to print on.
3763 \begin_layout Itemize
3769 \begin_layout Itemize
3775 \begin_layout Itemize
3781 \begin_layout Itemize
3787 \begin_layout Itemize
3790 US letter, US legal, US executive
3793 \begin_layout Itemize
3799 \begin_layout Itemize
3806 \begin_layout Labeling
3807 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3812 To choose whether to output as
3823 \begin_layout Labeling
3824 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3828 \begin_inset space ~
3833 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3834 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3837 \begin_layout Subsection
3839 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3846 \begin_inset Index idx
3849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3856 \begin_inset Index idx
3859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3868 \begin_layout Standard
3869 Paper margins are set in the menu
3871 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3875 \begin_inset Index idx
3878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3887 \begin_layout Standard
3888 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3889 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3890 the paper format and the font size into account.
3893 \begin_layout Subsection
3897 \begin_layout Standard
3898 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3903 That includes the paragraph environments.
3904 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3905 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3906 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3907 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3916 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3918 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3919 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3920 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3923 \begin_layout Section
3924 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3925 \begin_inset Index idx
3928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3929 Paragraph ! Indentation
3937 \begin_layout Subsection
3939 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3941 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3948 \begin_layout Standard
3949 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3950 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3953 \begin_layout Standard
3954 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3955 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3956 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3957 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3961 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3967 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3968 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3969 language than English.
3970 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3973 \begin_layout Standard
3974 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3975 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3977 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3978 LyX takes care of that.
3979 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3981 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3982 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3983 of a page, and so on.
3987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3988 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3993 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3994 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3998 of these pre-coded spacings.
3999 We will explain more later.
4002 \begin_layout Subsection
4003 Paragraph Separation
4004 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4006 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
4011 \begin_inset Index idx
4014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4015 Paragraph ! Separation
4023 \begin_layout Standard
4024 To separate paragraphs, select
4035 \begin_inset space ~
4042 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4046 \begin_inset Index idx
4049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4055 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4058 \begin_layout Subsection
4062 \begin_layout Standard
4063 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4066 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4068 \begin_inset space ~
4073 dialog and toggle the
4076 \begin_inset space ~
4081 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4084 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4088 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4089 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4093 \begin_layout Standard
4094 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4095 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4098 \begin_layout Subsection
4100 \begin_inset Index idx
4103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4104 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4112 \begin_layout Standard
4115 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4119 \begin_inset Index idx
4122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4131 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4134 \begin_inset space ~
4143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4144 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4149 \begin_inset Index idx
4152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4153 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4158 installed to use this feature.
4166 \begin_layout Section
4167 Paragraph Environments
4168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4170 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4175 \begin_inset Index idx
4178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4179 Paragraph ! Environments
4185 \begin_inset Index idx
4188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4189 Paragraph environments|(
4197 \begin_layout Subsection
4201 \begin_layout Standard
4202 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4205 \begin_layout Standard
4224 \begin_inset Newline newline
4227 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4228 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4229 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4238 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4241 \begin_layout Standard
4242 A paragraph environment is simply a
4243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4250 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4251 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4252 scheme, labels, and so on.
4253 Additionally, you can
4254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4261 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4262 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4263 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4264 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4265 days of typewriters.
4266 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4268 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
4271 \begin_layout Standard
4272 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4273 \begin_inset Graphics
4274 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4280 at the left end of the toolbar.
4281 LyX will change the environment of the
4285 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4286 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4287 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4291 \begin_layout Standard
4300 create a new paragraph using the
4304 paragraph environment.
4306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4313 because if you are in one of these environments:
4316 \begin_layout Itemize
4322 \begin_layout Itemize
4328 \begin_layout Itemize
4334 \begin_layout Itemize
4340 \begin_layout Itemize
4346 \begin_layout Itemize
4352 \begin_layout Itemize
4358 \begin_layout Standard
4359 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4363 , rather than resetting it to
4368 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4369 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4370 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4371 \begin_inset space ~
4375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4377 reference "sec:Nesting"
4382 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4387 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4388 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4392 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4398 \begin_layout Subsection
4402 \begin_layout Standard
4403 The default paragraph environment is
4408 It creates a plain paragraph.
4409 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4410 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4411 this manual) are in the
4418 \begin_layout Standard
4419 You can nest a paragraph using the
4423 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4431 \begin_layout Subsection
4433 \begin_inset Index idx
4436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4445 \begin_layout Standard
4446 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4455 for thanks or contact information.
4456 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4457 page along with today's date.
4458 For other types of documents, the title
4459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4466 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4470 \begin_layout Standard
4471 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4485 Here's how you use them:
4488 \begin_layout Itemize
4489 Put the title of your document in the
4496 \begin_layout Itemize
4497 Put the author name in the
4504 \begin_layout Itemize
4505 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4506 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4512 Note that using this environment is optional.
4513 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4514 If you don't want any date, add the line
4515 \begin_inset Newline newline
4525 \begin_inset Newline newline
4528 to the preamble of your document (menu
4530 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4536 \begin_layout Standard
4537 You can use footnotes to insert
4538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4545 or contact information.
4548 \begin_layout Subsection
4550 \begin_inset Index idx
4553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4560 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4569 \begin_layout Standard
4570 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4571 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4574 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4576 \begin_inset Index idx
4579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4580 Section headings ! Numbered
4588 \begin_layout Standard
4589 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4593 \begin_layout Enumerate
4599 \begin_layout Enumerate
4605 \begin_layout Enumerate
4611 \begin_layout Enumerate
4617 \begin_layout Enumerate
4623 \begin_layout Enumerate
4629 \begin_layout Enumerate
4635 \begin_layout Standard
4636 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4637 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4638 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4641 \begin_layout Standard
4642 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4643 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4644 You group the book into chapters.
4645 LyX does similar grouping:
4648 \begin_layout Itemize
4653 is divided in either
4664 \begin_layout Itemize
4676 \begin_layout Itemize
4688 \begin_layout Itemize
4700 \begin_layout Itemize
4712 \begin_layout Itemize
4724 \begin_layout Standard
4725 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4733 Not all document types use the
4737 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4742 is the top-level heading.
4750 \begin_layout Standard
4755 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4756 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4758 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4770 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4772 \begin_inset Index idx
4775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4776 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4784 \begin_layout Standard
4785 The unnumbered section headings have a
4786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4793 at the end of their name.
4794 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4795 the table of contents, see section
4796 \begin_inset space ~
4800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4809 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4810 Changing the Numbering
4811 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4813 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4820 \begin_layout Standard
4821 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4822 in the Table of Contents.
4823 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4825 Certain classes start with
4839 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4849 This is something you can change.
4852 \begin_layout Standard
4855 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4859 \begin_inset Index idx
4862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4871 \begin_inset space ~
4875 \begin_inset space ~
4880 you will see two counters.
4885 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4887 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4891 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4892 Short Titles of Headings
4893 \begin_inset Index idx
4896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4897 Section headings ! Short titles
4903 \begin_inset Argument
4906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4913 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4915 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4922 \begin_layout Standard
4923 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4924 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4925 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4926 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4929 \begin_layout Standard
4930 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4931 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4932 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4933 To specify a short title, use the menu
4935 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4937 \begin_inset space ~
4943 This will insert a box labeled
4944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4959 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4960 This also works for captions inside floats.
4963 \begin_layout Standard
4964 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4967 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4971 \begin_layout Standard
4972 The following information applies to all section headings:
4975 \begin_layout Itemize
4976 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4979 \begin_layout Itemize
4980 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4983 \begin_layout Itemize
4984 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4987 \begin_layout Itemize
4988 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4991 \begin_layout Subsection
4992 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4995 \begin_layout Standard
4996 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5010 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5011 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5012 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5013 the text they contain.
5014 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5022 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5025 \begin_layout Standard
5026 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5035 when you start a new paragraph.
5036 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5040 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5041 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5042 to change back to the
5046 environment yourself.
5049 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5059 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5066 \begin_inset Index idx
5069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5078 \begin_layout Standard
5079 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5080 time for the differences.
5089 are identical except for one difference:
5093 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5102 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5105 \begin_layout Standard
5106 Here's an example of the
5119 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5121 See – no indentation!
5125 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5126 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5127 the other paragraph.
5130 \begin_layout Standard
5131 Here's another example, this time in the
5138 \begin_layout Quotation
5144 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
5145 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5146 the first line, then
5150 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5154 you were quoting other text.
5157 \begin_layout Quotation
5158 Here's a new paragraph.
5159 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5160 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5163 \begin_layout Standard
5164 As the examples show,
5168 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5169 They should put quotes in the
5174 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5178 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5181 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5187 \begin_inset Index idx
5190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5199 \begin_inset Index idx
5202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5218 \begin_layout Standard
5223 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5229 \begin_inset Newline newline
5232 Which I did not rehearse!
5236 It could be much worse.
5237 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5239 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5240 indented a bit more than the first.
5241 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5247 \begin_inset Newline newline
5250 And make things look fine
5251 \begin_inset Newline newline
5257 arg "newline-insert newline"
5263 \begin_layout Standard
5268 does not indent both margins.
5269 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5270 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5277 arg "newline-insert newline"
5283 \begin_layout Subsection
5285 \begin_inset Index idx
5288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5295 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5304 \begin_layout Standard
5305 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5315 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5324 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5325 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
5326 describing some general features of all four of them.
5329 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5333 \begin_layout Standard
5334 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5336 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5345 reset the environment to
5349 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5350 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5351 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5355 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5358 to break paragraphs.
5361 \begin_layout Standard
5362 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5363 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5365 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5366 you read all of section
5367 \begin_inset space ~
5371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5373 reference "sec:Nesting"
5381 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5387 \begin_inset Index idx
5390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5406 \begin_layout Standard
5407 The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
5411 paragraph environment.
5412 It has the following properties:
5415 \begin_layout Itemize
5416 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5420 \begin_layout Itemize
5421 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5424 \begin_layout Itemize
5425 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5429 \begin_layout Itemize
5430 The items can have any length.
5431 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5432 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5439 \begin_layout Itemize
5444 environment inside another
5448 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5452 \begin_layout Itemize
5453 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5456 \begin_layout Itemize
5457 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5460 \begin_layout Itemize
5462 \begin_inset space ~
5466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5468 reference "sec:Nesting"
5472 for a full explanation of nesting.
5476 \begin_layout Standard
5477 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5486 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5489 \begin_layout Standard
5490 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5491 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5494 \begin_layout Itemize
5495 The label for the first level
5499 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5503 \begin_layout Itemize
5504 The label for the second level is a dash.
5508 \begin_layout Itemize
5509 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5513 \begin_layout Itemize
5514 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5518 \begin_layout Itemize
5519 Back out to the third level.
5523 \begin_layout Itemize
5524 Back to the second level.
5528 \begin_layout Itemize
5529 Back to the outermost level.
5532 \begin_layout Standard
5533 These are the default labels for an
5538 You can customize these labels in the
5540 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5543 dialog in the submenu
5550 \begin_inset Index idx
5553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5562 \begin_layout Standard
5563 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5564 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5566 \begin_inset space ~
5570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5572 reference "sec:Nesting"
5579 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5585 \begin_inset Index idx
5588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5597 name "sec:Enumerate"
5604 \begin_layout Standard
5609 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5610 It has these properties:
5613 \begin_layout Enumerate
5614 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5618 \begin_layout Enumerate
5619 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5623 \begin_layout Enumerate
5624 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5627 \begin_layout Enumerate
5632 environment resets the counter to one.
5635 \begin_layout Enumerate
5648 \begin_layout Enumerate
5649 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5650 Items can have any length.
5653 \begin_layout Enumerate
5654 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5657 \begin_layout Enumerate
5658 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5661 \begin_layout Enumerate
5662 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5666 \begin_layout Standard
5675 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5676 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5683 \begin_layout Enumerate
5684 The first level of an
5688 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5692 \begin_layout Enumerate
5693 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5697 \begin_layout Enumerate
5698 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5702 \begin_layout Enumerate
5703 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5706 \begin_layout Enumerate
5707 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5712 \begin_layout Enumerate
5713 Back to the third level
5717 \begin_layout Enumerate
5718 Back to the second level.
5722 \begin_layout Enumerate
5723 Back to the outermost level.
5726 \begin_layout Standard
5727 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5732 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5737 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5741 \begin_layout Standard
5742 There is more to nesting
5746 environments than we've stated here.
5747 You should read section
5748 \begin_inset space ~
5752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5754 reference "sec:Nesting"
5758 to learn more about nesting.
5761 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5767 \begin_inset Index idx
5770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5779 \begin_layout Standard
5780 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5784 list has no fixed label.
5785 Instead, LyX uses the first
5786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5793 of the first line as the label.
5797 \begin_layout Description
5798 Example: This is an example of the
5805 \begin_layout Standard
5806 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5810 \begin_layout Standard
5812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5819 it is meant that the first hit of the
5823 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5825 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5833 arg "space-insert protected"
5838 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5839 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5841 \begin_inset space ~
5847 \begin_inset space ~
5851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5853 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5857 for more info.) Here is an example:
5860 \begin_layout Description
5862 \begin_inset space ~
5865 Example: This one shows how to use a
5868 \begin_inset space ~
5880 \begin_layout Description
5881 Usage: You should use the
5885 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5886 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5888 It's not a good idea to use a
5892 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5893 You're better off using
5905 paragraphs into them.
5908 \begin_layout Description
5909 Nesting: You can nest
5913 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5917 \begin_layout Standard
5918 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5919 them from the first line.
5922 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5928 \begin_inset Index idx
5931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5940 \begin_layout Standard
5945 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5948 \begin_layout Standard
5949 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5957 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5962 environment is named
5974 \begin_layout Standard
5983 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5984 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5987 \begin_layout Labeling
5988 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5990 \begin_inset space ~
5993 labels LyX uses the first
5994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6001 of each line as the item label.
6006 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6007 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6008 blank as described above.
6011 \begin_layout Labeling
6012 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6013 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6014 the body of the item text.
6015 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6016 label width plus a little extra space.
6020 \begin_layout Labeling
6021 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6023 \begin_inset space ~
6026 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6028 If the label width is larger, the label
6029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6036 into the first line.
6037 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6038 margin of the rest of the item text.
6041 \begin_layout Labeling
6042 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6044 \begin_inset space ~
6047 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6052 environment have the same left margin.
6053 \begin_inset Newline newline
6056 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6059 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6061 \begin_inset space ~
6070 \begin_inset space ~
6075 determines the default label width.
6076 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6085 multiple times instead.
6086 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6095 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6098 \begin_inset space ~
6103 every time you alter a label in a
6108 \begin_inset Newline newline
6111 The predefined default width is the length of
6112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6121 \begin_inset Newline newline
6125 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6133 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6134 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6142 \begin_layout Standard
6147 environment the same way like the
6151 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6157 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6161 \begin_layout Standard
6166 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6168 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6176 reference "sec:Nesting"
6180 to learn about nesting.
6183 \begin_layout Standard
6184 There is yet another feature of the
6188 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6190 You can use additional
6194 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6199 are documented in section
6200 \begin_inset space ~
6204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6206 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6211 Here are some examples:
6214 \begin_layout Labeling
6215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6216 Left The default for
6223 \begin_layout Labeling
6224 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6225 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6232 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6235 \begin_layout Labeling
6236 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6237 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6241 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6248 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6251 \begin_layout Subsection
6253 \begin_inset Index idx
6256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6265 \begin_layout Standard
6266 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6269 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6271 in the document settings.
6272 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6277 \begin_inset Index idx
6280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6281 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6289 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6290 Custom Enumerate Lists
6291 \begin_inset Index idx
6294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6295 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6303 \begin_layout Standard
6305 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6308 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6311 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6312 There you add the command
6315 \begin_layout Standard
6323 \begin_layout Standard
6324 in TeX Code (shortcut
6334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6335 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6336 \begin_inset space ~
6340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6342 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6355 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6362 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6363 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6376 For Arabic numerals use
6384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6391 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6406 \begin_layout Standard
6408 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6416 You can only number 26
6417 \begin_inset space ~
6420 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6428 \begin_layout Standard
6429 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6430 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6433 \begin_layout Standard
6434 As example a list with custom numbering:
6437 \begin_layout Enumerate
6438 \begin_inset Argument
6441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6467 \begin_layout Enumerate
6468 \begin_inset Argument
6471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6494 \begin_layout Enumerate
6499 \begin_layout Enumerate
6500 \begin_inset Argument
6503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6527 \begin_layout Enumerate
6528 \begin_inset Argument
6531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6557 \begin_layout Standard
6558 For this list these commands were used:
6561 \begin_layout Standard
6572 \begin_inset Newline newline
6580 \begin_inset Newline newline
6588 \begin_inset Newline newline
6598 \begin_layout Standard
6605 makes the label emphasized and
6614 \begin_layout Standard
6615 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6623 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6624 lists until you change the definition.
6632 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6634 \begin_inset Index idx
6637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6638 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6646 \begin_layout Standard
6647 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6650 \begin_layout Enumerate
6651 \begin_inset Argument
6654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6673 \begin_inset Note Note
6676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6677 goes back to default numbering
6685 \begin_layout Enumerate
6689 \begin_layout Standard
6693 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6697 \begin_layout Standard
6698 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6703 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6704 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6707 \begin_layout Standard
6708 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6716 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6724 \begin_layout Standard
6725 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6727 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6728 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6729 of a normal new enumeration.
6730 There insert the command
6733 \begin_layout Standard
6739 \begin_layout Standard
6744 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6748 \begin_layout Enumerate
6752 \begin_layout Enumerate
6756 \begin_layout Standard
6757 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6760 \begin_layout Enumerate
6761 \begin_inset Argument
6764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6780 This enumeration starts at 4
6783 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6785 \begin_inset Index idx
6788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6797 \begin_layout Standard
6798 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6800 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6803 \begin_layout Itemize
6807 \begin_layout Itemize
6808 with standard spacing
6811 \begin_layout Standard
6812 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6814 There add the command
6818 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6821 \begin_layout Itemize
6822 \begin_inset Argument
6825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6844 \begin_layout Itemize
6848 \begin_layout Itemize
6852 \begin_layout Standard
6853 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6859 \begin_inset Index idx
6862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6863 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6869 For more info see its documentation,
6870 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6879 \begin_layout Standard
6880 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6882 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
6883 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6884 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6887 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6890 \begin_layout Enumerate
6891 \begin_inset Argument
6894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6902 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6915 \begin_layout Enumerate
6916 with negative indentation
6919 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6920 Further Customization
6921 \begin_inset Index idx
6924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6925 Lists ! Customization
6933 \begin_layout Standard
6934 You can also change the style of description lists.
6938 \begin_layout Standard
6944 \begin_layout Standard
6945 changes the description label font, the command
6948 \begin_layout Standard
6954 \begin_layout Standard
6955 sets the list style.
6958 \begin_layout Standard
6959 An example where the command
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6967 itshape, style=nextline
6970 \begin_layout Standard
6974 \begin_layout Description
6976 \begin_inset space ~
6980 \begin_inset Argument
6983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6989 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6991 itshape, style=nextline
7001 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
7002 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
7006 \begin_layout Description
7008 \begin_inset space ~
7011 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
7012 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
7013 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
7016 \begin_layout Standard
7017 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7023 \begin_inset Index idx
7026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7027 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7033 For more info see its documentation,
7034 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7043 \begin_layout Subsection
7045 \begin_inset Index idx
7048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7057 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7065 \begin_inset space ~
7073 \begin_layout Standard
7074 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7082 \begin_inset space ~
7088 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7089 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7090 In contrast, you can use the
7097 \begin_inset space ~
7102 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7103 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7107 \begin_layout Standard
7108 Of course, you're not limited to using
7115 \begin_inset space ~
7124 \begin_inset space ~
7129 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7130 some European academic papers.
7133 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7135 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7137 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7144 \begin_layout Standard
7149 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7150 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7154 \begin_inset space ~
7159 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7160 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7161 Here's an example of each:
7164 \begin_layout Right Address
7166 \begin_inset Newline newline
7170 \begin_inset Newline newline
7174 \begin_inset Newline newline
7177 When is it? What is today?
7180 \begin_layout Standard
7184 \begin_inset space ~
7190 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7191 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7192 Here's an example of the
7199 \begin_layout Address
7201 \begin_inset Newline newline
7204 Where do I send this
7205 \begin_inset Newline newline
7208 Your post office and country
7211 \begin_layout Standard
7212 As you can see, both
7219 \begin_inset space ~
7224 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7229 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7235 This makes sense, since
7243 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7244 Thus, you have to use
7251 arg "newline-insert newline"
7257 \begin_inset space ~
7260 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7262 \begin_inset space ~
7271 menu) to start a new line in an
7278 \begin_inset space ~
7286 \begin_layout Subsection
7290 \begin_layout Standard
7291 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7292 or list of references.
7293 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7296 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7300 \begin_inset Index idx
7303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7312 \begin_layout Standard
7317 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7318 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7319 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7320 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7324 in anything else or vice versa.
7330 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7331 The book document classes ignores the
7335 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7339 in a letter document class.
7342 \begin_layout Standard
7347 environment does several things for you.
7348 First, it puts the centered label
7349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7357 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7359 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7360 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7361 the subsequent text.
7362 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7363 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7366 \begin_layout Standard
7367 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7371 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7372 The new paragraph will still be in the
7377 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7378 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7381 \begin_layout Standard
7382 \begin_inset Float figure
7387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7389 \begin_inset Graphics
7390 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7398 \begin_inset Caption
7400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7401 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7403 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7424 \begin_layout Standard
7425 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7429 environment, but since this document is in the
7430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7437 class, we can't do this.
7438 We inserted it therefore as figure
7439 \begin_inset space ~
7443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7445 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7450 If you've never heard of an
7451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7458 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7461 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7467 \begin_inset Index idx
7470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7479 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7486 \begin_layout Standard
7491 environment is used to list references.
7492 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7493 only use it at the end of the document.
7498 in anything else or vice versa will not work.
7501 \begin_layout Standard
7502 When you first open a
7506 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7522 depending on the document class.
7523 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7524 Each paragraph of the
7528 environment is a bibliography entry.
7533 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7534 Each new paragraph is still in the
7541 \begin_layout Standard
7542 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7543 by using a BibTeX database.
7544 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7545 phy handling, have a look at in section
7546 \begin_inset space ~
7550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7552 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7559 \begin_layout Subsection
7563 \begin_inset Index idx
7566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7567 Paragraph ! LyX code
7573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7582 \begin_layout Standard
7587 environment is another LyX extension.
7588 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7593 key as a fixed whitespace;
7597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7609 \begin_inset space ~
7614 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7619 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7620 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
7623 arg "newline-insert newline"
7640 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7641 So, when you finish using the
7645 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7646 Also, you can nest the
7650 environment inside of others.
7653 \begin_layout Standard
7654 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7657 \begin_layout Itemize
7661 arg "newline-insert newline"
7664 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7665 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7669 \begin_inset space \space{}
7679 arg "newline-insert newline"
7685 \begin_layout Itemize
7689 arg "newline-insert newline"
7700 \begin_layout Itemize
7705 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7712 \begin_layout Itemize
7716 arg "space-insert protected"
7723 \begin_layout Itemize
7724 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7725 You must put at least one
7729 in any line you want blank.
7730 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7733 \begin_layout Itemize
7734 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7738 since that will insert
7743 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7746 arg "self-insert \""
7752 \begin_layout Standard
7756 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7760 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7764 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7768 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7772 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7773 printf("Hello World!
7778 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7782 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7786 \begin_layout Standard
7787 This is just the standard
7788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7799 \begin_layout Standard
7804 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7805 rc-files, and so on.
7806 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7807 as if you used a typewriter.
7808 \begin_inset Index idx
7811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7812 Paragraph environments|)
7817 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7820 Program Code Listings
7825 \begin_inset space ~
7833 \begin_layout Section
7834 Nesting Environments
7835 \begin_inset Index idx
7838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7839 Nesting ! Environments
7845 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7854 \begin_layout Subsection
7858 \begin_layout Standard
7859 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7861 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7863 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7865 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7877 \begin_layout Enumerate
7881 \begin_layout Enumerate
7886 \begin_layout Enumerate
7890 \begin_layout Enumerate
7895 \begin_layout Enumerate
7899 \begin_layout Standard
7900 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7901 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7904 \begin_inset space ~
7908 \begin_inset space ~
7916 \begin_inset space ~
7920 \begin_inset space ~
7929 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7930 will tell you how far you are nested).
7931 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7934 arg "depth-increment"
7940 arg "depth-decrement"
7943 or the convenient key bindings
7954 arg "depth-increment"
7960 arg "depth-decrement"
7963 to change the nesting level.
7964 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7965 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7969 \begin_layout Standard
7970 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7971 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7972 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7973 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7976 \begin_layout Standard
7977 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7978 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7980 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7983 \begin_layout Subsection
7984 What You Can and Can't Nest
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7989 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7992 \begin_layout Standard
7993 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7994 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7995 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7998 \begin_layout Itemize
7999 Completely unnestable
8002 \begin_layout Itemize
8003 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
8007 \begin_layout Itemize
8008 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
8012 \begin_layout Standard
8013 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8014 environments have them:
8017 \begin_layout Description
8018 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8019 Can't nest into them.
8023 \begin_layout Itemize
8029 \begin_layout Itemize
8035 \begin_layout Itemize
8041 \begin_layout Itemize
8047 \begin_layout Itemize
8054 \begin_layout Description
8056 \begin_inset space ~
8059 Nestable You can nest them.
8060 You can nest other things into them.
8064 \begin_layout Itemize
8070 \begin_layout Itemize
8076 \begin_layout Itemize
8082 \begin_layout Itemize
8088 \begin_layout Itemize
8094 \begin_layout Itemize
8100 \begin_layout Itemize
8106 \begin_layout Itemize
8113 \begin_layout Description
8114 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8115 You can't nest anything into them.
8119 \begin_layout Itemize
8125 \begin_layout Itemize
8131 \begin_layout Itemize
8137 \begin_layout Itemize
8143 \begin_layout Itemize
8149 \begin_layout Itemize
8155 \begin_layout Itemize
8161 \begin_layout Itemize
8167 \begin_layout Itemize
8173 \begin_layout Itemize
8179 \begin_layout Itemize
8185 \begin_layout Itemize
8191 \begin_layout Itemize
8197 \begin_layout Itemize
8201 \begin_inset space ~
8207 \begin_layout Itemize
8214 \begin_layout Standard
8215 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8223 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8232 \begin_inset space ~
8236 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8240 \begin_inset space \space{}
8243 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8244 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8245 section headings violate this.
8253 \begin_layout Subsection
8254 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8255 \begin_inset Index idx
8258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8259 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8267 \begin_layout Standard
8268 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8269 affected by nesting anyhow.
8273 \begin_layout Itemize
8277 \begin_layout Itemize
8281 \begin_layout Itemize
8285 \begin_layout Standard
8287 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8295 Figures and tables in
8299 are not affected by this.
8304 Have a look at section
8305 \begin_inset space ~
8309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8311 reference "sec:Floats"
8315 for more information about
8322 \begin_layout Standard
8323 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8324 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8328 \begin_layout Standard
8329 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8337 of its own, it behaves just like a
8338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8345 paragraph environment.
8346 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8350 \begin_layout Standard
8351 Here's an example with a table:
8354 \begin_layout Enumerate
8359 \begin_layout Enumerate
8360 This is (a) and it's nested.
8364 \begin_layout Standard
8365 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8371 \begin_layout Standard
8373 \begin_inset Tabular
8374 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8375 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8376 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8377 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8461 \begin_layout Standard
8462 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8469 \begin_layout Enumerate
8471 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8475 \begin_layout Enumerate
8479 \begin_layout Standard
8480 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8483 \begin_layout Enumerate
8488 \begin_layout Enumerate
8489 This is (a) and it's nested.
8493 \begin_layout Standard
8494 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8500 \begin_layout Standard
8502 \begin_inset Tabular
8503 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8504 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8505 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8506 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8590 \begin_layout Standard
8591 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8597 \begin_layout Enumerate
8604 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8607 \begin_layout Enumerate
8611 \begin_layout Standard
8612 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8616 \begin_layout Standard
8617 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8619 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8622 \begin_layout Enumerate
8627 \begin_layout Enumerate
8628 This is (a) and it's nested.
8631 \begin_layout Standard
8632 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8638 \begin_layout Standard
8640 \begin_inset Tabular
8641 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8642 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8643 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8644 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8728 \begin_layout Standard
8729 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8735 \begin_layout Enumerate
8737 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8745 \begin_layout Enumerate
8749 \begin_layout Standard
8750 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8756 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8757 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8761 \begin_layout Subsection
8762 Usage and General Features
8765 \begin_layout Standard
8766 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8775 is the innermost possible depth.
8776 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8779 \begin_layout Enumerate
8780 level #1 – outermost
8784 \begin_layout Enumerate
8789 \begin_layout Enumerate
8794 \begin_layout Enumerate
8799 \begin_layout Itemize
8804 \begin_layout Itemize
8813 \begin_layout Standard
8814 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8815 both of them in the example.
8816 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8826 For example, if we tried to nest another
8831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8838 , we would get errors.
8841 \begin_layout Subsection
8843 \begin_inset Index idx
8846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8855 \begin_layout Standard
8856 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8857 We have several examples of nested environments.
8858 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8862 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8863 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8866 \begin_layout Labeling
8867 \labelwidthstring MMM
8868 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8877 \begin_layout Labeling
8878 \labelwidthstring MMM
8879 #2-a This is level #2.
8880 We created it by using
8883 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8889 arg "depth-increment"
8896 \begin_layout Labeling
8897 \labelwidthstring MMM
8898 #3-a This is level #3.
8899 This time, we just hit
8906 arg "depth-increment"
8910 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8914 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8920 arg "depth-increment"
8927 \begin_layout Standard
8932 environment, nested inside of
8933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8941 So, it's at level #4.
8942 We did this by hitting
8945 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8951 arg "depth-increment"
8954 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8959 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8975 \begin_layout Standard
8980 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8983 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8989 \begin_layout Labeling
8990 \labelwidthstring MMM
8991 #4-a This is level #4.
8995 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8998 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9003 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
9007 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9012 keep nesting things inside
9013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9024 \begin_layout Labeling
9025 \labelwidthstring MMM
9026 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9031 \begin_layout Labeling
9032 \labelwidthstring MMM
9033 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9034 and this is level #6.
9035 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9039 \begin_layout Labeling
9040 \labelwidthstring MMM
9041 #5-b Back to level #5.
9045 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9051 arg "depth-decrement"
9058 \begin_layout Labeling
9059 \labelwidthstring MMM
9063 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9069 arg "depth-decrement"
9072 , we're back at level #4.
9076 \begin_layout Labeling
9077 \labelwidthstring MMM
9078 #3-b Back to level #3.
9079 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9083 \begin_layout Labeling
9084 \labelwidthstring MMM
9085 #2-b Back to level #2.
9090 \begin_layout Labeling
9091 \labelwidthstring MMM
9092 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9093 After this sentence, we will hit
9097 and change the paragraph environment back to
9104 \begin_layout Standard
9105 We could have also used the
9121 environment in place of the
9126 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9129 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9130 Example 2: Inheritance
9133 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9134 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9137 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9146 arg "depth-increment"
9149 , after which, we will change to the
9157 \begin_layout Enumerate
9162 environment, at level #2.
9165 \begin_layout Enumerate
9166 Notice how the nested
9170 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9174 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9178 \begin_layout Standard
9179 We ended this example by hitting
9184 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9188 and reset the nesting depth by using
9191 arg "depth-decrement"
9197 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9198 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9207 \begin_inset Argument
9210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9211 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9219 \begin_layout Enumerate
9220 This is level #1, in an
9224 paragraph environment.
9225 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9229 \begin_layout Enumerate
9234 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9240 arg "depth-increment"
9244 Now, what happens if we nest an
9248 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9249 label be? An asterisk?
9253 \begin_layout Itemize
9263 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9264 So, its label is a bullet.
9265 (We got here by using
9268 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9274 arg "depth-increment"
9277 , then changing the environment to
9285 \begin_layout Itemize
9286 Here's level #4, produced using
9289 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9295 arg "depth-increment"
9299 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9304 \begin_layout Enumerate
9305 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9307 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9312 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9316 , because we are in the
9325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9344 \begin_layout Enumerate
9349 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9350 type of numbering does LyX use?
9353 \begin_layout Enumerate
9354 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9357 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9360 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9363 \begin_layout Enumerate
9367 arg "depth-decrement"
9370 to decrease the depth after the next
9373 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9380 \begin_layout Enumerate
9382 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9386 \begin_layout Enumerate
9388 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9389 numeral as the label.Why?
9392 \begin_layout Enumerate
9393 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9402 Notice, however, that LyX
9406 reset the counter for the label.
9410 \begin_layout Enumerate
9414 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9420 arg "depth-decrement"
9423 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9424 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9425 into the twofold-nested
9433 \begin_layout Enumerate
9434 The same thing happens if we do another
9437 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9443 arg "depth-decrement"
9446 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9449 \begin_layout Standard
9450 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9455 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9469 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9475 The same rule applies for the
9479 environment, as well.
9482 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9483 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9486 \begin_layout Enumerate
9487 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9488 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
9489 the same detail with how we did it.
9498 \begin_layout Standard
9506 arg "depth-increment"
9513 : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
9514 the example in parentheses someplace.
9515 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9516 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9517 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
9521 \begin_layout Enumerate
9526 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9531 Now we will add verse.
9532 \begin_inset Newline newline
9535 It will get much worse.
9536 \begin_inset Newline newline
9546 arg "depth-increment"
9557 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9558 \begin_inset Newline newline
9561 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9562 \begin_inset Newline newline
9568 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9581 \begin_layout Standard
9582 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9588 \begin_layout Standard
9590 \begin_inset Tabular
9591 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9592 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9593 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9594 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9683 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9693 arg "depth-increment"
9699 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9709 arg "depth-decrement"
9716 \begin_layout Enumerate
9721 : level #1) This is another item.
9722 Note that selecting a
9726 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9727 3 times to put the table inside the
9735 \begin_layout Quotation
9736 We're now ending the
9740 list and changing to
9745 We're still at level #1.
9746 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9747 The next set of paragraphs is a
9748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9755 We will nest both the
9762 \begin_inset space ~
9767 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9771 for the letter body.
9775 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9778 to preserve the depth.
9779 Remember that you need to use
9782 arg "newline-insert newline"
9785 to create multiple lines inside the
9792 \begin_inset space ~
9802 \begin_layout Right Address
9804 \begin_inset Newline newline
9807 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9808 \begin_inset Newline newline
9814 \begin_layout Address
9816 \begin_inset space ~
9822 \begin_layout Quotation
9823 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9824 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9827 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9828 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9829 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9830 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9831 as soon as possible.
9832 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9835 \begin_layout Quotation
9836 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9837 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9838 with your order, along with payment.
9841 \begin_layout Quotation
9842 We thank you again for your patience.
9845 \begin_layout Address
9847 \begin_inset Newline newline
9854 \begin_layout Quotation
9855 That ends that example!
9858 \begin_layout Standard
9859 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9860 just a few keystrokes.
9861 We could have easily nested an
9882 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9885 \begin_layout Section
9886 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9887 \begin_inset Index idx
9890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9899 \begin_layout Standard
9900 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9901 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9902 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9903 be broken at the end of a line.
9904 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9908 \begin_layout Subsection
9910 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9912 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9917 \begin_inset Index idx
9920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9929 \begin_layout Standard
9930 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9932 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9936 Further documentation is given in section
9937 \begin_inset Newline newline
9941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9943 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9951 \begin_layout Standard
9952 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9967 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9976 A protected space is set with
9978 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9979 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9983 \begin_inset space ~
9993 arg "space-insert protected"
9999 \begin_layout Subsection
10001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10003 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10008 \begin_inset Index idx
10011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10012 Spacing ! Horizontal
10020 \begin_layout Standard
10021 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
10023 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10024 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10028 The length units are listed in Appendix
10029 \begin_inset space ~
10033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10035 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10042 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10044 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10046 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10051 \begin_inset Index idx
10054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10055 Spaces ! Inter-word
10063 \begin_layout Standard
10065 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10069 \begin_inset space \space{}
10072 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10073 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10074 \begin_inset space ~
10078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10080 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10085 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10086 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10089 arg "space-insert normal"
10095 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10097 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10099 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10104 \begin_inset Index idx
10107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10116 \begin_layout Standard
10118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10125 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10134 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10135 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10136 inside abbreviations:
10139 \begin_layout Quote
10141 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10145 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10148 \begin_layout Standard
10149 or between values and units.
10150 Compare for example this:
10151 \begin_inset Newline newline
10155 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10159 \begin_inset Newline newline
10162 10 kg (normal space
10165 \begin_layout Standard
10166 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10168 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10169 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10171 \begin_inset space ~
10179 arg "space-insert thin"
10185 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10187 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10189 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10196 \begin_layout Standard
10197 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10200 \begin_layout Description
10202 \begin_inset space ~
10206 \begin_inset space ~
10209 space A line with a
10210 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10214 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10218 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10221 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10224 \begin_layout Description
10226 \begin_inset space ~
10230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10234 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10238 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10242 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10246 \begin_inset space ~
10250 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10253 em) space between the arrows.
10256 \begin_layout Description
10258 \begin_inset space ~
10262 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10266 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10270 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10274 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10278 \begin_inset space ~
10282 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10285 em) space between the arrows.
10288 \begin_layout Description
10290 \begin_inset space ~
10294 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10298 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10302 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10306 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10310 \begin_inset space ~
10314 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10317 em) space between the arrows.
10320 \begin_layout Description
10322 \begin_inset space ~
10326 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10330 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10335 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10339 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10342 cm space between the arrows.
10345 \begin_layout Standard
10347 \begin_inset space ~
10351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10353 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10357 lists the different space sizes.
10360 \begin_layout Standard
10361 \begin_inset Float table
10366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10368 \begin_inset Caption
10370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10371 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10373 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10377 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10387 \begin_inset Tabular
10388 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10389 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10390 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10391 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10431 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10455 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10479 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10503 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10531 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10546 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10574 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10587 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10608 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10614 \begin_inset Index idx
10617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10626 \begin_layout Standard
10627 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10628 in a uniform fashion.
10629 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10630 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10631 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10632 equally between themselves.
10636 \begin_layout Standard
10637 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10640 \begin_layout Quote
10642 This is on the left side
10643 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10646 This is on the right
10649 \begin_layout Quote
10652 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10662 \begin_layout Quote
10665 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10669 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10673 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10679 \begin_layout Standard
10680 That was an example in the
10686 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10690 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10694 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10697 is one in a standard paragraph.
10698 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10702 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10705 \begin_layout Standard
10706 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10709 \begin_inset space ~
10714 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10717 \begin_layout Standard
10719 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10723 \begin_inset space ~
10729 \begin_layout Standard
10731 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10735 \begin_inset space ~
10741 \begin_layout Standard
10743 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10747 \begin_inset space ~
10753 \begin_layout Standard
10755 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10759 \begin_inset space ~
10765 \begin_layout Standard
10767 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10771 \begin_inset space ~
10777 \begin_layout Standard
10779 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10783 \begin_inset space ~
10789 \begin_layout Standard
10790 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10798 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10802 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10803 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10804 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10808 option in the space dialog.
10816 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10818 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10820 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10825 \begin_inset Index idx
10828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10837 \begin_layout Standard
10838 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10840 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10844 \begin_inset space \space{}
10847 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10850 \begin_layout Standard
10851 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10854 What is correct English?:
10855 \begin_inset Newline newline
10859 \begin_inset Newline newline
10863 \begin_inset space ~
10866 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10867 \begin_inset Newline newline
10871 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10882 \begin_inset Newline newline
10886 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10897 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10903 \begin_layout Standard
10904 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10909 \begin_inset space ~
10913 \begin_inset space ~
10917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10921 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10923 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10924 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10928 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10934 \begin_inset space ~
10938 \begin_inset space ~
10942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10945 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10954 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10955 That is why it is named
10956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10964 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10965 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10969 \begin_layout Subsection
10971 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10973 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10978 \begin_inset Index idx
10981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10990 \begin_layout Standard
10991 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10993 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10994 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10996 \begin_inset space ~
11002 There you find the following sizes:
11005 \begin_layout Standard
11018 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
11023 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
11025 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11029 \begin_inset Index idx
11032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11033 Document ! Settings
11038 for the paragraph separation.
11039 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11050 \begin_layout Standard
11056 \begin_inset Index idx
11059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11065 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11066 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11068 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11069 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11078 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11087 s are described in section
11088 \begin_inset space ~
11092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11094 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11103 If there are several
11107 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11108 You can therefore use
11112 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11115 \begin_layout Standard
11120 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11121 \begin_inset space ~
11125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11127 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11134 \begin_layout Standard
11135 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11145 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11146 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11158 \begin_layout Subsection
11159 Paragraph Alignment
11162 \begin_layout Standard
11163 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11165 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11169 There are five possibilities:
11172 \begin_layout Itemize
11180 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11186 \begin_layout Itemize
11194 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11200 \begin_layout Itemize
11208 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11214 \begin_layout Itemize
11222 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11228 \begin_layout Itemize
11236 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11242 \begin_layout Standard
11243 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11244 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11245 the left and right margins.
11246 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11249 \begin_layout Standard
11251 This paragraph is right aligned,
11254 \begin_layout Standard
11256 this one is centered,
11259 \begin_layout Standard
11261 this one is left aligned.
11264 \begin_layout Subsection
11266 \begin_inset Index idx
11269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11270 Page breaks ! Forced
11276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11278 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11285 \begin_layout Standard
11286 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11287 can force a page break where you want one.
11288 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11289 Only if you use a lot of
11293 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11296 \begin_layout Standard
11297 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11298 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11302 have to change the page breaking.
11305 \begin_layout Standard
11306 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11308 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11310 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11311 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11313 \begin_inset space ~
11319 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11321 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11322 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11324 \begin_inset space ~
11329 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11331 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11332 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11335 \begin_layout Standard
11336 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11337 at the top of a page.
11338 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11339 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11340 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11341 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11345 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11349 to learn more about
11356 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11358 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11360 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11365 \begin_inset Index idx
11368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11369 Page breaks ! Clear
11377 \begin_layout Standard
11378 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11379 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11380 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11381 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11382 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11385 \begin_layout Standard
11386 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11388 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11389 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11391 \begin_inset space ~
11397 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11399 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11400 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11402 \begin_inset space ~
11406 \begin_inset space ~
11411 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11412 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11415 \begin_layout Subsection
11417 \begin_inset Index idx
11420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11429 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11436 \begin_layout Standard
11437 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11439 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11442 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11444 \begin_inset space ~
11448 \begin_inset space ~
11456 arg "newline-insert newline"
11460 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11463 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11465 \begin_inset space ~
11469 \begin_inset space ~
11474 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11476 This is useful to avoid
11477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11484 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11487 \begin_layout Standard
11488 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11489 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11490 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11491 set a line break, e.
11492 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11496 \begin_inset space \space{}
11499 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11500 \begin_inset space ~
11504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11506 reference "sec:Quote"
11511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11513 reference "sec:Verse"
11518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11520 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11527 \begin_layout Subsection
11529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11531 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11536 \begin_inset Index idx
11539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11548 \begin_layout Standard
11550 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11561 \begin_layout Standard
11564 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11565 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11567 \begin_inset space ~
11572 you can insert horizontal lines.
11573 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11574 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11575 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11578 \begin_layout Standard
11580 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11591 \begin_layout Section
11592 Characters and Symbols
11595 \begin_layout Standard
11596 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11597 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11598 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11602 \begin_inset space \space{}
11605 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11607 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11613 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11617 for information on how this is done.
11620 \begin_layout Standard
11621 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11626 dialog via the menu
11628 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11629 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11635 \begin_layout Standard
11636 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11644 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11645 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11646 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11654 \begin_layout Section
11655 Fonts and Text Styles
11656 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11658 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11665 \begin_layout Subsection
11667 \begin_inset Index idx
11670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11679 \begin_layout Standard
11680 There are two types of fonts:
11683 \begin_layout Description
11685 \begin_inset space ~
11689 \begin_inset Index idx
11692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11698 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11699 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11703 characters) in the font.
11704 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11705 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11706 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11707 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11708 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11709 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11710 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11711 \begin_inset Newline newline
11714 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11715 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11716 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11717 sizes than at small ones.
11718 \begin_inset Newline newline
11732 \begin_inset space ~
11740 \begin_layout Description
11742 \begin_inset space ~
11746 \begin_inset Index idx
11749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11755 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11756 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11757 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11758 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11759 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11760 picture manipulation program.
11761 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11762 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11763 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11764 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11765 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11767 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11768 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11769 \begin_inset Newline newline
11772 Bitmap fonts are named
11775 \begin_inset space ~
11780 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11783 \begin_layout Standard
11784 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11785 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11786 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11787 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11788 use scalable fonts.
11791 \begin_layout Standard
11792 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11793 its document properties.
11796 \begin_layout Standard
11797 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11798 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11799 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11800 font to emphasize text, you use an
11801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11809 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11810 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11814 \begin_layout Subsection
11816 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11818 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11825 \begin_layout Standard
11826 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11827 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11828 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11830 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11831 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11832 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11833 to usual word processors.
11834 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11835 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11836 across different machines.
11837 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11838 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11840 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11842 \begin_inset space ~
11846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11848 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11853 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11854 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11858 \begin_layout Standard
11859 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11860 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11861 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11862 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11863 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11864 that is installed on your system.
11865 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11868 \begin_layout Standard
11869 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11877 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11878 es; so you might have to experiment.
11886 \begin_layout Standard
11887 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11895 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11896 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11904 \begin_layout Subsection
11905 Document Font and Font size
11906 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11908 name "sub:Document-Font"
11913 \begin_inset Index idx
11916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11923 \begin_inset Index idx
11926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11935 \begin_layout Standard
11936 You can set the document fonts in the
11938 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11942 \begin_inset Index idx
11945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11946 Document ! Settings
11956 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11957 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11960 \begin_inset space ~
11969 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11970 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11974 \begin_layout Standard
11981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11990 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11991 This requires that you use
11997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12036 as output format, i.
12037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12041 \begin_inset space ~
12044 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12045 \begin_inset space ~
12049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12051 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12056 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
12057 Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
12059 \begin_inset space ~
12062 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12063 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12064 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12066 LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12069 \begin_layout Standard
12070 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12075 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12080 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12081 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12088 \begin_inset space ~
12094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12107 European Computer Modern
12110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12117 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12120 \begin_layout Standard
12129 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12130 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12135 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12138 \begin_inset space ~
12143 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12149 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12150 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12153 \begin_layout Itemize
12157 \begin_inset space ~
12162 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12175 \begin_inset space ~
12180 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12184 as the default font.
12185 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12186 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12189 \begin_inset space ~
12202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12203 One difference is improved kerning.
12211 \begin_layout Itemize
12215 \begin_inset space ~
12219 \begin_inset space ~
12224 fonts in (the rare) case that
12227 \begin_inset space ~
12232 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12247 Virtual means that it
12248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12259 -glyphs from other fonts.
12260 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12282 Loading the LaTeX-package
12287 \begin_inset Index idx
12290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12291 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12296 with the document preamble line
12297 \begin_inset Newline newline
12304 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12305 \begin_inset Newline newline
12310 will fix the guillemet problem.
12315 and that accented characters are not
12319 glyph, but build of
12323 characters, the accent and the letter.
12324 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12330 If you search for example for the French word
12331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12338 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
12340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12347 and not for the glyph
12348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12352 \begin_inset space ~
12356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12362 \begin_layout Itemize
12363 If you do not like the look of
12371 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12376 \begin_inset space ~
12382 \begin_inset space ~
12392 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12393 \begin_inset space ~
12396 serif and typewriter fonts,
12400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12401 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12402 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12408 \begin_inset space ~
12417 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12422 \begin_inset space \space{}
12430 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12434 \begin_inset space \space{}
12440 \begin_inset space ~
12448 \begin_inset space ~
12458 but you can also select your own.
12459 \begin_inset Newline newline
12462 The differences between roman,
12465 \begin_inset space ~
12474 fonts are explained in section
12475 \begin_inset space ~
12479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12481 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12486 \begin_inset Newline newline
12492 \begin_inset space ~
12497 was originally designed for newspapers.
12498 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12499 into the small newspaper columns.
12503 \begin_inset space ~
12508 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12511 \begin_layout Standard
12512 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12525 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12530 depends on the class you are using.
12531 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12534 \begin_layout Standard
12535 Note that the font size is the
12540 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12541 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12542 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12545 \begin_inset space ~
12551 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12552 \begin_inset space ~
12556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12558 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12565 \begin_layout Standard
12570 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12572 \begin_inset space ~
12575 serif or typewriter.
12580 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12590 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12593 \begin_layout Standard
12602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12611 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12617 \begin_inset Index idx
12620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12621 LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
12627 \begin_inset space ~
12631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12633 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12638 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12639 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12646 \begin_layout Standard
12647 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12649 Use Old Style Figures
12653 Use True Small Caps
12656 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12659 Use Old Style Figures
12661 is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
12663 Old style figures are the numerals (0
12664 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12668 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12671 9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lower
12675 Use True Small Caps
12677 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12678 of scaled capitals.
12679 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12680 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12683 \begin_layout Standard
12688 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12689 a font to display the script characters.
12693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12694 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12699 \begin_inset Index idx
12702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12703 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
12708 So this has no effect for the document language
12724 \begin_layout Standard
12725 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12729 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12737 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12741 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12742 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12743 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12745 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12748 dialog, see section
12749 \begin_inset space ~
12753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12755 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12767 \begin_layout Subsection
12768 Using Different Character Styles
12769 \begin_inset Index idx
12772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12779 \begin_inset Index idx
12782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12791 \begin_layout Standard
12792 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12793 certain paragraph environments.
12794 LyX supports two character styles,
12803 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12807 \begin_layout Standard
12812 style, do one of the following:
12815 \begin_layout Itemize
12816 click on the toolbar button
12825 \begin_layout Itemize
12826 use the key binding
12835 \begin_layout Standard
12836 These commands are all toggles.
12841 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12844 \begin_layout Standard
12845 One typically uses the
12849 style for proper names.
12851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12858 is the original author of LyX.
12859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12865 \begin_layout Standard
12866 A more widely used character style is the
12871 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12878 \begin_layout Itemize
12879 clicking on the toolbar button
12888 \begin_layout Itemize
12889 using the keybindings
12898 \begin_layout Standard
12903 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12904 es use a different font.
12907 \begin_layout Standard
12908 We've been using the
12912 style all over the place in this document.
12913 Here's one more example:
12916 \begin_layout Quotation
12919 Don't overuse character styles!
12922 \begin_layout Standard
12923 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12924 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12925 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12926 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12930 \begin_layout Standard
12931 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12939 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12941 \begin_inset space ~
12949 \begin_layout Subsection
12950 Fine-Tuning with the
12955 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12957 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12962 \begin_inset Index idx
12965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12974 \begin_layout Standard
12975 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12976 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12977 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12978 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12979 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12980 from ordinary dialog.
12983 \begin_layout Standard
12984 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12985 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12986 \begin_inset Newline newline
12989 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12990 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12993 \begin_layout Standard
12994 To use custom character styles, open the
12996 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12998 \begin_inset space ~
13001 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13004 dialog or press the toolbar button
13007 arg "dialog-show character"
13011 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
13012 font property which you can choose.
13013 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
13016 \begin_inset space ~
13021 , which keeps the current state of that property.
13026 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
13027 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
13028 environments in a snap.
13031 \begin_layout Standard
13032 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
13035 \begin_inset space ~
13047 \begin_layout Labeling
13048 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13062 The possible options are:
13066 \begin_layout Labeling
13067 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13072 This is the Roman font family.
13073 Normally a serif font.
13074 It's also the default family.
13084 \begin_layout Labeling
13085 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13089 \begin_inset space ~
13096 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13108 \begin_layout Labeling
13109 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13116 This is the Typewriter font family.
13122 arg "font-typewriter"
13131 \begin_layout Labeling
13132 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13137 This corresponds to the print weight.
13142 \begin_layout Labeling
13143 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13148 This is the Medium font series.
13149 It's also the default series.
13152 \begin_layout Labeling
13153 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13160 This is the Bold font series.
13173 \begin_layout Labeling
13174 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13179 As the name implies.
13184 \begin_layout Labeling
13185 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13190 This is the Upright font shape.
13191 It's also the default shape.
13194 \begin_layout Labeling
13195 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13209 s the Italic font shape
13215 \begin_layout Labeling
13216 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13223 This is the Slanted font shape
13225 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13228 \begin_layout Labeling
13229 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13233 \begin_inset space ~
13240 This is the Small caps font shape
13247 \begin_layout Labeling
13248 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13253 Alters the size of the font.
13254 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
13255 proportional to the document font size.
13256 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13257 what you want to do.
13262 \begin_layout Labeling
13263 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13284 arg "font-size tiny"
13290 \begin_layout Labeling
13291 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13312 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13318 \begin_layout Labeling
13319 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13340 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13346 \begin_layout Labeling
13347 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13368 arg "font-size small"
13374 \begin_layout Labeling
13375 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13389 It's also the default size.
13393 arg "font-size normal"
13399 \begin_layout Labeling
13400 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13421 arg "font-size large"
13427 \begin_layout Labeling
13428 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13449 arg "font-size larger"
13455 \begin_layout Labeling
13456 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13477 arg "font-size largest"
13483 \begin_layout Labeling
13484 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13505 arg "font-size huge"
13511 \begin_layout Labeling
13512 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13533 arg "font-size giant"
13539 \begin_layout Labeling
13540 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13545 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13565 arg "font-size increase"
13571 \begin_layout Labeling
13572 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13577 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13597 arg "font-size decrease"
13604 \begin_layout Standard
13609 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13610 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13611 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13612 — use that instead.
13613 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13616 \begin_layout Labeling
13617 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13622 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13627 \begin_layout Labeling
13628 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13635 This is text with emphasize on
13638 This might seem like the same as
13642 , but it is actually a bit different.
13648 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13650 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13653 \begin_layout Labeling
13654 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13661 This is text with Underbar on.
13667 arg "font-underline"
13673 \begin_inset Newline newline
13678 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13679 when you could not change fonts.
13680 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13681 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13685 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13688 \begin_layout Labeling
13689 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13693 \begin_inset space ~
13700 This is text with Double underbar on.
13706 arg "font-underunderline"
13710 \begin_inset Newline newline
13713 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13714 about double underbar.
13717 \begin_layout Labeling
13718 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13722 \begin_inset space ~
13729 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13735 arg "font-underwave"
13739 \begin_inset Newline newline
13742 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13743 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13746 \begin_layout Labeling
13747 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13754 This is text with Strikeout on.
13760 arg "font-strikeout"
13764 \begin_inset Newline newline
13767 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13768 changed in the meantime.
13771 \begin_layout Labeling
13772 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13779 This is text with Noun on.
13786 , this is a logical attribute.
13787 Normally it's equivalent to
13790 \begin_inset space ~
13799 \begin_layout Labeling
13800 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13805 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13806 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13810 \begin_inset space ~
13815 , which is the default
13816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13823 and means normally black, you can choose between
13856 \begin_inset Index idx
13859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13868 \begin_layout Labeling
13869 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13874 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13875 the language of the document.
13876 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13878 \begin_inset Newline newline
13881 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13882 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13883 When using the spell checking (see section
13884 \begin_inset space ~
13888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13890 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13894 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13897 \begin_layout Standard
13898 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13899 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13901 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13903 \begin_inset space ~
13908 dialog, the settings are saved.
13909 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13912 arg "textstyle-apply"
13916 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13921 \begin_layout Standard
13922 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13929 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13930 (suppose you just set the shape to
13931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13949 \begin_inset space ~
13961 \begin_layout Standard
13962 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13970 \begin_inset space ~
13982 \begin_layout Itemize
13988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13995 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14013 \begin_inset Newline newline
14017 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
14020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14031 \begin_inset Note Note
14034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14035 For more on phantoms see section
14036 \begin_inset space ~
14040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14042 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
14052 \begin_inset Newline newline
14058 \begin_layout Itemize
14063 fonts use characters with serifs.
14064 These are the small
14065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14072 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
14073 The following example will show the difference:
14074 \begin_inset Newline newline
14078 \begin_inset Newline newline
14083 text without serifs
14086 \begin_inset Newline newline
14089 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14090 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14097 \begin_layout Itemize
14103 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
14104 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14107 \begin_layout Standard
14108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14115 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14116 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14117 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14119 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
14120 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
14121 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
14123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14138 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14139 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14147 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14156 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14191 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14200 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14204 \begin_layout Standard
14205 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14206 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14209 \begin_layout Section
14210 Printing and Previewing
14213 \begin_layout Subsection
14217 \begin_layout Standard
14218 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14219 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14220 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14221 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14222 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14224 Additional Features
14229 \begin_layout Standard
14230 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14231 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14232 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
14233 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14234 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14235 This happens in two stages:
14238 \begin_layout Enumerate
14239 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14240 generating a file with the extension,
14241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14255 \begin_layout Enumerate
14256 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
14260 file to produce printable output.
14264 \begin_layout Subsection
14265 Output file formats
14266 \begin_inset Index idx
14269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14278 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14285 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14286 Simple text (ASCII)
14287 \begin_inset Index idx
14290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14291 File formats ! ASCII
14299 \begin_layout Standard
14300 This file type has the extension
14301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14313 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14317 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14324 \begin_layout Standard
14325 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14327 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14328 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14330 \begin_inset space ~
14337 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14338 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14340 \begin_inset space ~
14344 \begin_inset space ~
14350 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14354 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14356 \begin_inset Index idx
14359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14360 File formats ! LaTeX
14368 \begin_layout Standard
14369 This file type has the extension
14370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14381 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14383 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14384 it manually with console commands.
14385 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14386 you view or export your document.
14389 \begin_layout Standard
14390 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14392 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14393 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14408 The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
14409 \begin_inset space ~
14413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14415 reference "sub:Export"
14422 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14424 \begin_inset Index idx
14427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14436 \begin_layout Standard
14437 This file type has the extension
14438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14458 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14459 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14460 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14464 \begin_layout Standard
14465 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14466 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14467 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14468 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14470 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14473 \begin_layout Standard
14474 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14476 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14477 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14482 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14483 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14485 \begin_inset space ~
14492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14502 The latter option uses the program
14511 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14512 font access (see section
14513 \begin_inset space ~
14517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14519 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14524 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14528 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14530 \begin_inset Index idx
14533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14534 File formats ! PostScript
14542 \begin_layout Standard
14543 This file type has the extension
14544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14556 PostScript was developed by the company
14560 as a printer language.
14561 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14563 PostScript can be seen as a
14564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14567 programming language
14568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14571 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14576 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14582 \begin_inset Index idx
14585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14586 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14596 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14599 \begin_layout Standard
14600 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14604 Encapsulated PostScript
14605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14608 (EPS, file extension
14609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14621 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14622 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14624 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14627 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14628 \begin_inset space ~
14631 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14632 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14633 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14634 EPS to avoid this problem.
14637 \begin_layout Standard
14638 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14640 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14641 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14647 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14649 \begin_inset Index idx
14652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14659 \begin_inset Index idx
14662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14671 \begin_layout Standard
14672 This file type has the extension
14673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14689 Portable Document Format
14690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14697 was derived from PostScript.
14698 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14707 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14708 looks exactly the same.
14711 \begin_layout Standard
14712 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14716 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14720 (JPG, file extension
14721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14748 Portable Network Graphics
14749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14752 (PNG, file extension
14753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14765 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14766 in the background to one of these formats.
14767 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14768 will slow down your workflow.
14769 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14772 \begin_layout Standard
14773 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14775 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14778 in three different ways:
14781 \begin_layout Description
14782 PDF This uses the program
14786 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14787 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14791 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14792 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14795 \begin_layout Description
14797 \begin_inset space ~
14800 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14804 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14808 \begin_layout Description
14810 \begin_inset space ~
14813 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14817 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14820 \begin_layout Description
14822 \begin_inset space ~
14829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14836 X) This uses the program
14840 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14845 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14846 font access (see section
14847 \begin_inset space ~
14851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14853 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14858 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14859 y written Japanese.
14862 \begin_layout Description
14864 \begin_inset space ~
14871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14878 X) This uses the program
14882 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14887 is an even newer engine, derived from
14891 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14892 access (see section
14893 \begin_inset space ~
14897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14899 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14904 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14908 \begin_layout Standard
14909 We recommend to use
14912 \begin_inset space ~
14921 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14922 works without problems.
14923 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14924 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14928 \begin_inset space ~
14935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14947 \begin_inset space ~
14954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14963 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14971 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14973 \begin_inset Index idx
14976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14977 FileFormats ! XHTML
14983 \begin_inset Index idx
14986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14995 \begin_layout Standard
14996 This file type has the extension
14997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15009 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
15010 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
15011 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
15012 suitable for the purpose.
15013 For the math output you can choose in the menu
15015 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15016 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15019 between different formats, that are described in section
15021 Math Output in XHTML
15026 \begin_inset space ~
15034 \begin_layout Standard
15035 XHTML output remains
15036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15043 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
15046 LyX and the World Wide Web
15050 Additional Features
15052 manual, for more information.
15055 \begin_layout Standard
15056 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
15058 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15059 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15065 \begin_layout Subsection
15067 \begin_inset Index idx
15070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15079 \begin_layout Standard
15080 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15081 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15090 or the toolbar button
15097 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15098 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15099 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15105 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15109 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15111 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15117 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15122 Further output formats can be selected via
15124 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15127 or the toolbar button
15128 \begin_inset Graphics
15129 filename ../images/view-others.png
15131 groupId toolbarbuttons
15138 \begin_layout Standard
15139 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15140 viewer window using the menu
15142 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15147 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15148 Update (Other Formats)
15153 \begin_layout Standard
15154 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15156 To have a real output, export your document.
15159 \begin_layout Subsection
15160 Printing the File from within LyX
15161 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15163 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15170 \begin_layout Standard
15171 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15172 it directly from within LyX.
15173 To print a file, select the menu
15175 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15178 or click on the toolbar button
15181 arg "dialog-show print"
15185 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15186 This file is then processed by the program
15190 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15195 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15198 \begin_layout Standard
15199 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15200 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15201 printing one set to print on the other side.
15202 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15203 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15204 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15207 \begin_layout Standard
15208 You can set the parameters in the
15211 \begin_inset space ~
15219 \begin_layout Labeling
15220 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15225 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15230 Note that this printer name is for the program
15239 has to be configured for this printer name.
15240 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15241 \begin_inset space ~
15245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15247 reference "sub:Printer"
15256 The printer should understand PostScript.
15259 \begin_layout Labeling
15260 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15265 The name of a file to print to.
15266 The output will be a PostScript file.
15267 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15271 \begin_layout Section
15272 A few Words about Typography
15273 \begin_inset Index idx
15276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15285 \begin_layout Subsection
15287 \begin_inset Index idx
15290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15299 \begin_layout Standard
15301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15312 character comes in four lengths: the
15324 , and the minus sign:
15325 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15331 \begin_layout Standard
15332 \begin_inset Tabular
15333 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15334 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15335 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15336 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15337 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15338 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15367 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15407 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15432 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15434 \begin_inset space ~
15437 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15444 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15469 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15471 \begin_inset space ~
15474 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15495 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15529 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15535 \begin_layout Standard
15536 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15548 character multiple times in a row.
15549 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15550 the final output, but not in LyX.
15552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15556 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15568 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15572 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15582 \begin_layout Standard
15583 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15584 math mode and has a length of its own.
15585 Here are some examples of the
15586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15600 \begin_layout Enumerate
15601 line- and page-breaks
15602 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15612 \begin_layout Enumerate
15614 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15624 \begin_layout Enumerate
15625 Oh — there's a dash.
15626 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15636 \begin_layout Enumerate
15637 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15641 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15651 \begin_layout Subsection
15653 \begin_inset Index idx
15656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15665 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15672 \begin_layout Standard
15673 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15674 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15679 \begin_inset Index idx
15682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15683 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15688 following the rules of the document language.
15691 \begin_layout Standard
15692 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15697 font and with unusual constructs, like
15698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15706 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15708 This is done with the menu
15710 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15711 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15713 \begin_inset space ~
15719 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15720 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15723 \begin_layout Standard
15724 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15725 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15735 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15743 as a hyphenation possibility.
15744 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15745 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15746 as described in section
15747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15750 Prevent Hyphenation
15751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15757 \begin_inset space ~
15765 \begin_layout Subsection
15767 \begin_inset Index idx
15770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15779 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15780 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15783 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15790 \begin_layout Standard
15791 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15792 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15793 LaTeX then adds the
15794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15797 appropriate amount of space
15798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15802 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15804 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15807 \begin_layout Standard
15808 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15809 not work in all cases.
15811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15822 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15823 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15826 \begin_layout Standard
15827 Here are some examples of
15831 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15834 \begin_layout Itemize
15839 \begin_layout Itemize
15844 \begin_layout Standard
15845 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15848 \begin_layout Itemize
15850 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15854 this is too much space!
15857 \begin_layout Itemize
15862 \begin_layout Standard
15863 You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15866 \begin_layout Standard
15867 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15870 \begin_layout Enumerate
15874 \begin_inset space ~
15879 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15880 \begin_inset space ~
15884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15886 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15891 \begin_inset Index idx
15894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15895 Spaces ! inter-word
15903 \begin_layout Enumerate
15907 \begin_inset space ~
15912 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15913 \begin_inset space ~
15917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15919 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15924 \begin_inset Index idx
15927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15936 \begin_layout Enumerate
15940 \begin_inset space ~
15944 \begin_inset space ~
15948 \begin_inset space ~
15955 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15957 \begin_inset space ~
15962 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15963 This function is also bound to
15966 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15972 \begin_layout Standard
15973 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15976 \begin_layout Itemize
15978 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15982 \begin_inset space \space{}
15985 this is too much space!
15988 \begin_layout Itemize
15989 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15993 \begin_layout Standard
15994 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15995 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15996 will take care of this.
15999 \begin_layout Standard
16000 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
16004 \begin_inset space ~
16009 feature described in section
16015 Additional Features
16020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16022 \begin_inset Index idx
16025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16026 Typography ! Quotes
16032 \begin_inset Index idx
16035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16066 \begin_layout Standard
16067 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
16068 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
16069 and use a closing quote at the end.
16071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16079 The keyboard character,
16083 , generates this automatically.
16086 \begin_layout Standard
16087 You can specify what character the
16091 key produces using the submenu
16097 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16101 \begin_inset Index idx
16104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16105 Document ! Settings
16115 There are six choices:
16118 \begin_layout Labeling
16119 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16131 Use quotes like this
16132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16142 \begin_layout Labeling
16143 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16146 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16150 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16156 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16160 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16166 \begin_layout Labeling
16167 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16170 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16174 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16180 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16184 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16190 \begin_layout Labeling
16191 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16194 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16198 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16204 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16208 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16214 \begin_layout Labeling
16215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16218 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16222 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16228 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16232 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16238 \begin_layout Labeling
16239 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16242 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16246 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16252 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16256 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16262 \begin_layout Subsection
16264 \begin_inset Index idx
16267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16268 Typography ! Ligatures
16274 \begin_inset Index idx
16277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16306 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16308 name "sub:Ligatures"
16315 \begin_layout Standard
16316 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16317 print them as single characters.
16318 These groups are known as
16323 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16325 Here are the standard ligatures:
16328 \begin_layout Itemize
16332 \begin_layout Itemize
16336 \begin_layout Itemize
16340 \begin_layout Itemize
16344 \begin_layout Itemize
16348 \begin_layout Standard
16349 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16352 \begin_layout Standard
16353 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16354 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16362 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16378 To break a ligature, use
16380 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16381 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16383 \begin_inset space ~
16390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16401 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16418 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16426 \begin_layout Subsection
16428 \begin_inset Index idx
16431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16438 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16440 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16447 \begin_layout Standard
16448 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16449 characters in different sizes and heights.
16450 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16451 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16471 \begin_inset Note Note
16474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16475 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16483 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16484 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16489 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16493 \begin_layout Description
16494 LyX The name of the game, write
16495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16516 \begin_layout Description
16517 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16539 \begin_layout Description
16540 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16562 \begin_layout Description
16563 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16585 \begin_layout Standard
16586 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16591 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16599 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16600 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16601 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16604 : The actual version is
16605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16612 , the previous one was
16613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16623 \begin_layout Standard
16624 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16625 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16629 \begin_inset space \space{}
16632 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16634 This will look in LyX like:
16635 \begin_inset Graphics
16636 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16642 \begin_inset Newline newline
16645 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16646 \begin_inset space ~
16650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16652 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16659 \begin_layout Subsection
16661 \begin_inset Index idx
16664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16673 \begin_layout Standard
16674 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16675 space between two words.
16676 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16686 for units use the menu
16688 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16689 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16691 \begin_inset space ~
16699 arg "space-insert thin"
16705 \begin_layout Standard
16706 Here is an example to show the differences:
16709 \begin_layout Standard
16710 \begin_inset Tabular
16711 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16712 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16713 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16714 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16721 \begin_inset space ~
16725 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16737 space between number and unit
16744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16749 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16753 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16765 half space between number and unit
16778 \begin_layout Subsection
16780 \begin_inset Index idx
16783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16784 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16792 \begin_layout Standard
16793 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16795 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16796 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16797 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16798 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16799 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16800 These bits of text became known as
16811 \begin_layout Standard
16812 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16813 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16814 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16815 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16816 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16817 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16818 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16821 \begin_layout Standard
16822 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16823 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16824 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16825 \begin_inset space ~
16829 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16831 key "latexcompanion"
16836 \begin_inset space ~
16840 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16846 ) may have more information.
16847 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16850 \begin_layout Chapter
16851 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16854 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16861 \begin_layout Standard
16862 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16865 \begin_inset space ~
16871 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16874 \begin_layout Section
16876 \begin_inset Index idx
16879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16886 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16895 \begin_layout Standard
16896 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16899 \begin_layout Description
16901 \begin_inset space ~
16904 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16905 \begin_inset Newline newline
16909 \begin_inset Note Note
16912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16913 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16921 \begin_layout Description
16922 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16923 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16925 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16926 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16928 \begin_inset space ~
16934 \begin_inset Newline newline
16938 \begin_inset Note Comment
16941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16942 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16950 \begin_layout Description
16952 \begin_inset space ~
16955 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16956 set in the document settings under
16958 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16960 \begin_inset space ~
16966 \begin_inset Newline newline
16970 \begin_inset Newline newline
16974 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16983 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16984 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16989 of a comment that appears in the output.
16995 \begin_inset Newline newline
16999 \begin_inset Newline newline
17002 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
17003 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
17006 \begin_layout Standard
17007 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
17015 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17019 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
17022 \begin_layout Section
17024 \begin_inset Index idx
17027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17036 name "sec:Footnotes"
17043 \begin_layout Standard
17044 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
17047 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17050 or the toolbar button
17053 arg "footnote-insert"
17065 \begin_inset Graphics
17066 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17075 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17104 label, the box will
17108 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17109 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17122 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
17138 \begin_layout Standard
17139 Here is an example footnote:
17147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17148 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17156 \begin_layout Standard
17157 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17158 position where the footnote box is placed.
17159 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17160 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17161 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17163 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17164 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17169 ey are described in the
17172 \begin_inset space ~
17180 \begin_layout Section
17182 \begin_inset Index idx
17185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17192 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17194 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17201 \begin_layout Standard
17202 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17203 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17205 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17207 \begin_inset space ~
17212 or the toolbar button
17215 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17241 appearing within your text.
17242 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17251 \begin_layout Standard
17252 At the side is an example marginal note.
17256 \begin_inset Marginal
17259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17260 This is a marginal note.
17268 \begin_layout Standard
17269 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17270 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17271 pages, right on odd pages.
17274 \begin_layout Standard
17275 For further information about marginal notes see section
17278 \begin_inset space ~
17286 \begin_inset space ~
17294 \begin_layout Section
17295 Graphics and Images
17296 \begin_inset Index idx
17299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17306 \begin_inset Index idx
17309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17318 name "sec:Graphics"
17325 \begin_layout Standard
17326 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17327 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17330 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17335 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17339 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17342 \begin_layout Standard
17343 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17348 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17349 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17351 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17352 \begin_inset space ~
17356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17358 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17365 \begin_layout Standard
17370 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17371 of the image in the output.
17372 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17376 \begin_inset space ~
17380 \begin_inset space ~
17389 \begin_inset space ~
17393 \begin_inset space ~
17397 \begin_inset space ~
17402 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17403 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17411 \begin_layout Standard
17414 LaTeX and LyX options
17416 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17417 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17421 \begin_inset space ~
17426 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17427 with the image size is printed.
17431 \begin_inset space ~
17435 \begin_inset space ~
17439 \begin_inset space ~
17444 is explained in the
17447 \begin_inset space ~
17459 \begin_layout Standard
17460 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17461 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17463 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17467 \begin_layout Standard
17469 \begin_inset Graphics
17470 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17478 \begin_layout Standard
17479 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17480 the image into a float, see section
17481 \begin_inset space ~
17485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17487 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17494 \begin_layout Subsection
17496 \begin_inset Index idx
17499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17506 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17508 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17515 \begin_layout Standard
17516 You can insert images in any known file format.
17517 But as we explained in section
17518 \begin_inset space ~
17522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17524 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17528 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17529 LyX uses therefore the program
17533 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17534 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17535 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17536 \begin_inset space ~
17540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17542 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17549 \begin_layout Standard
17550 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17553 \begin_layout Description
17555 \begin_inset space ~
17558 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17559 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17560 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17564 Graphics Interchange Format
17565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17568 (GIF, file extension
17569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17581 \begin_inset Index idx
17584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17616 Portable Network Graphics
17617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17620 (PNG, file extension
17621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17633 \begin_inset Index idx
17636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17668 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17672 (JPG, file extension
17673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17697 \begin_inset Index idx
17700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 \begin_layout Description
17733 \begin_inset space ~
17736 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17738 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17739 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17740 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17741 \begin_inset Newline newline
17744 Scalable image formats can be
17745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17748 Scalable Vector Graphics
17749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17752 (SVG, file extension
17753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17765 \begin_inset Index idx
17768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17800 Encapsulated PostScript
17801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17804 (EPS, file extension
17805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17817 \begin_inset Index idx
17820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17852 Portable Document Format
17853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17856 (PDF, file extension
17857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17869 \begin_inset Index idx
17872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17879 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17880 or EPS and the result will not be scalable.
17881 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17887 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17895 \begin_layout Standard
17896 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17900 \begin_layout Subsection
17901 Grouping of Image Settings
17902 \begin_inset Index idx
17905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17906 Images ! Settings grouping
17914 \begin_layout Standard
17915 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17917 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17918 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17920 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17921 need to manually change each of them.
17925 \begin_layout Standard
17926 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17929 \begin_inset space ~
17934 field in the Graphics dialog.
17935 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17936 by checking the name of the desired group.
17939 \begin_layout Section
17941 \begin_inset Index idx
17944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17951 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17960 \begin_layout Standard
17961 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17964 arg "tabular-insert"
17969 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17973 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17974 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17975 from the rest of the table.
17976 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17977 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17979 Here is an example table:
17982 \begin_layout Standard
17984 \begin_inset Tabular
17985 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17986 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17987 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17989 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17990 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18190 \begin_layout Subsection
18194 \begin_layout Standard
18195 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18196 brings up the table dialog.
18197 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18198 where the cursor is placed currently.
18199 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18200 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18201 done on all of your selection.
18204 \begin_layout Standard
18205 Additionally to the table dialog, the
18208 \begin_inset space ~
18213 helps you in setting table properties.
18214 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18217 \begin_layout Standard
18221 \begin_inset space ~
18226 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18227 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18228 current cell respectively.
18229 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18231 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18232 of text, see section
18233 \begin_inset space ~
18237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18239 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18246 \begin_layout Standard
18247 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18248 using the check box
18257 This will merge the cells to
18261 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18262 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18263 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18264 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18265 in the last row without the upper border:
18268 \begin_layout Standard
18270 \begin_inset Tabular
18271 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18272 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18273 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18274 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18275 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18276 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18287 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18296 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18372 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18407 \begin_layout Standard
18408 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18409 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18410 explained in the tables section of the
18413 \begin_inset space ~
18419 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18420 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18423 degrees counterclockwise.
18424 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
18427 \begin_layout Standard
18428 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18436 Most DVI-viewers are
18440 able to display rotations.
18448 \begin_layout Standard
18453 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18458 adds lines for all cell borders.
18461 \begin_layout Subsection
18463 \begin_inset Index idx
18466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18467 Tables ! Longtables
18473 \begin_inset Index idx
18476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18485 \begin_layout Standard
18486 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18489 \begin_inset space ~
18493 \begin_inset space ~
18502 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18503 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18506 \begin_layout Description
18511 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18512 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18513 except for the first page, if
18516 \begin_inset space ~
18524 \begin_layout Description
18528 \begin_inset space ~
18533 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18534 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18537 \begin_layout Description
18542 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18543 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18544 except for the last page, if
18547 \begin_inset space ~
18555 \begin_layout Description
18559 \begin_inset space ~
18564 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18565 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18568 \begin_layout Description
18569 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18570 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18572 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18576 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18579 \begin_inset space ~
18587 \begin_layout Standard
18588 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18589 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18590 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18591 The others will then be defined as
18596 In this context, first means first in this order:
18599 \begin_inset space ~
18611 \begin_inset space ~
18617 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18620 \begin_layout Standard
18622 \begin_inset Tabular
18623 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18624 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18625 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18626 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18627 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18628 <row endfirsthead="true">
18629 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18635 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18640 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18649 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18659 <row endfirsthead="true">
18660 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18671 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18680 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18692 <row endhead="true">
18693 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18704 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18713 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18723 <row endhead="true">
18724 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18735 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18744 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18756 <row endfoot="true">
18757 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18768 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18777 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18808 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19749 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19758 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19767 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19778 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19809 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19840 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19871 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19902 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19933 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19964 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19995 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20026 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20057 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20088 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20119 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20150 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20181 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20212 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20243 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20274 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20305 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20336 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20367 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20398 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20429 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20460 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20491 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20522 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20553 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20584 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20615 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20646 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20677 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20708 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20738 <row endlastfoot="true">
20739 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20750 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20759 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20776 \begin_layout Subsection
20778 \begin_inset Index idx
20781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20790 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20797 \begin_layout Standard
20798 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20799 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20800 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20801 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20805 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20806 for the cell's paragraph.
20809 \begin_layout Standard
20810 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20811 for the column in the table dialog.
20812 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20813 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20817 \begin_layout Standard
20819 \begin_inset Tabular
20820 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20821 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20822 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20823 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20824 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20844 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20913 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20969 This is longer now.
20974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21025 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
21026 This is longer now.
21031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21057 \begin_layout Standard
21058 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21059 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21064 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21065 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21071 Selection with the mouse or with
21075 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21076 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21077 the selection from outside the table.
21080 \begin_layout Section
21082 \begin_inset Index idx
21085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21092 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21101 \begin_layout Subsection
21105 \begin_layout Standard
21106 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21107 have a fixed location.
21109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21116 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21124 \begin_inset space ~
21129 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21130 too many notes on the page.
21133 \begin_layout Standard
21134 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21135 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21136 and pages without text.
21137 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21138 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21139 Floats are therefore numbered.
21140 Referencing is described in section
21141 \begin_inset space ~
21145 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21147 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21154 \begin_layout Standard
21155 To insert a float, use the menu
21157 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21161 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21162 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21164 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21165 \begin_inset Index idx
21168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21174 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21175 paragraph within the float.
21176 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21177 by left-clicking on the box label.
21178 A closed float box looks like this:
21179 \begin_inset Graphics
21180 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21185 – a gray button with a red label.
21188 \begin_layout Standard
21189 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21190 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21193 \begin_layout Subsection
21197 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21201 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21206 \begin_inset Index idx
21209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21210 Floats ! Figure floats
21218 \begin_layout Standard
21220 \begin_inset space ~
21224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21226 reference "cap:Platypus"
21230 was created using the menu
21232 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21233 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21236 or the toolbar button
21239 arg "float-insert figure"
21243 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21246 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21249 or the toolbar button
21252 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21256 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21257 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21259 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21261 \begin_inset space ~
21266 or the toolbar button
21269 arg "layout-paragraph"
21275 \begin_layout Standard
21276 \begin_inset Float figure
21281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21283 \begin_inset Graphics
21284 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21294 \begin_inset Caption
21296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21297 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21299 name "cap:Platypus"
21303 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21316 \begin_layout Standard
21317 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21319 As described in section
21320 \begin_inset space ~
21324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21326 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21330 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21332 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21335 or the toolbar button
21341 and refer to it using the menu
21343 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21346 or the toolbar button
21349 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21353 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21362 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21374 \begin_layout Standard
21375 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21376 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21377 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21378 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21379 as described in section
21380 \begin_inset space ~
21384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21386 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21392 \begin_inset space ~
21396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21398 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21402 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21403 You can also set the images one below the other.
21405 \begin_inset space ~
21409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21411 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21418 reference "fig:Platypus"
21422 are the subfigures.
21425 \begin_layout Standard
21426 \begin_inset Float figure
21431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21432 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21436 \begin_inset Float figure
21441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21442 \begin_inset Caption
21444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21447 name "fig:Undefinable"
21459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21460 \begin_inset Graphics
21461 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21472 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21476 \begin_inset Float figure
21481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21482 \begin_inset Caption
21484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21485 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21487 name "fig:Platypus"
21499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21500 \begin_inset Graphics
21501 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21513 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21520 \begin_inset Caption
21522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21525 name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21529 Two distorted images.
21542 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21544 \begin_inset Index idx
21547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21548 Floats ! Table floats
21556 \begin_layout Standard
21557 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21559 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21560 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21563 or the toolbar botton
21566 arg "float-insert table"
21570 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21573 \begin_inset space ~
21577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21579 reference "tab:Table-float"
21586 \begin_layout Standard
21587 \begin_inset Float table
21592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21593 \begin_inset Caption
21595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21596 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21598 name "tab:Table-float"
21610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21612 \begin_inset Tabular
21613 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21614 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21615 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21616 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21617 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21744 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21765 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21768 \end{array}\right]$
21776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21789 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21810 \begin_layout Subsection
21812 \begin_inset Index idx
21815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21824 \begin_layout Standard
21825 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21826 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21827 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21829 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21837 \begin_inset space ~
21845 \begin_layout Section
21847 \begin_inset Index idx
21850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21857 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21859 name "sec:Minipages"
21866 \begin_layout Standard
21867 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21869 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21870 \begin_inset space ~
21877 \begin_layout Standard
21878 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21880 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21884 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21885 and its alignment within the page.
21888 \begin_layout Standard
21890 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21900 height_special "totalheight"
21903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21906 This is a minipage.
21907 The text is set in an italic style.
21910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21913 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21914 another formatting.
21922 \begin_layout Standard
21923 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21926 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21930 as described in section
21931 \begin_inset space ~
21935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21937 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21942 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21948 \begin_layout Standard
21949 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21959 height_special "totalheight"
21962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21963 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21964 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21970 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21974 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21984 height_special "totalheight"
21987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21988 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21989 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21997 \begin_layout Standard
21998 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22004 \begin_layout Standard
22005 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22006 to other box types.
22007 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22014 \begin_inset space ~
22022 \begin_layout Chapter
22023 Mathematical Formulas
22024 \begin_inset Index idx
22027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22034 \begin_inset Index idx
22037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22066 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22068 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22075 \begin_layout Standard
22076 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22081 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22084 \begin_layout Section
22086 \begin_inset Index idx
22089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22098 \begin_layout Standard
22099 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22106 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22108 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22109 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22110 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22112 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22118 \begin_layout Standard
22119 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22123 \begin_inset space ~
22128 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22131 \begin_layout Standard
22132 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22133 line, like this one:
22136 \begin_layout Standard
22137 This is a line with an inline formula
22138 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22144 \begin_layout Standard
22145 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22147 \begin_inset Formula
22154 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22157 \begin_layout Standard
22158 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22160 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22164 \begin_inset space \space{}
22168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22181 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22182 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22186 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22189 \begin_inset space ~
22197 \begin_layout Subsection
22198 Navigating in Formulas
22199 \begin_inset Index idx
22202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22211 \begin_layout Standard
22212 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22213 achieved with the arrow keys.
22214 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22215 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22220 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22221 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22225 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22229 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22232 \end{array}\right]$
22240 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22245 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22246 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22249 \begin_layout Standard
22254 , printed in this document as
22255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22276 \begin_inset Note Note
22279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22280 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22281 space character (visible space).
22286 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22287 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22288 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22293 For example, if you want
22294 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22348 , since in the latter case only the
22351 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22356 will be under the square root sign:
22357 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22363 \begin_layout Standard
22364 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22366 \begin_inset Formula
22368 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22377 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22378 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22381 \begin_layout Subsection
22385 \begin_layout Standard
22386 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22387 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22391 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22392 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22393 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22394 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22395 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22398 \begin_layout Subsection
22399 Exponents and Subscripts
22400 \begin_inset Index idx
22403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22410 \begin_inset Index idx
22413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22422 \begin_layout Standard
22423 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22424 way is to use a command.
22426 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22429 , type in a formula
22435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22451 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22457 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22461 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22482 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22491 , you have to use an extra
22495 to separate the hat and the character.
22497 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22501 \begin_inset space \space{}
22505 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22526 Subscripts are similar: To get
22527 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22550 \begin_layout Subsection
22552 \begin_inset Index idx
22555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22564 \begin_layout Standard
22565 Create a fraction with either the command
22572 \begin_inset Graphics
22573 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22581 \begin_inset space ~
22587 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22588 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22589 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22594 To move back up, press
22599 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22600 \begin_inset Formula
22602 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22605 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22613 \begin_layout Subsection
22615 \begin_inset Index idx
22618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22627 \begin_layout Standard
22628 Roots can be created using the
22631 \begin_inset space ~
22637 \begin_inset Graphics
22638 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22640 groupId toolbarbuttons
22663 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22669 produces always a square root.
22672 \begin_layout Subsection
22673 Operators with Limits
22674 \begin_inset Index idx
22677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22684 \begin_inset Index idx
22687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22694 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22696 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22703 \begin_layout Standard
22705 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22709 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22712 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22713 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22714 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22715 The sum operator will automatically place its
22716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22723 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22726 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22730 \begin_inset Formula
22732 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22737 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22741 \begin_layout Standard
22742 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22744 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22745 behind the operator and hitting
22753 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22754 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22756 \begin_inset space ~
22760 \begin_inset space ~
22768 \begin_layout Standard
22769 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22777 feature as addition, such as
22778 \begin_inset Index idx
22781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22788 \begin_inset Formula
22790 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22795 which will place the
22796 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22808 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22809 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22815 \begin_layout Standard
22816 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22823 Have a look at section
22824 \begin_inset space ~
22828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22830 reference "sub:Functions"
22834 for an explanation of function macros.
22837 \begin_layout Subsection
22839 \begin_inset Index idx
22842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22851 \begin_layout Standard
22852 Most math symbols can be found in the
22855 \begin_inset space ~
22860 under one of several categories; including
22877 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22881 \begin_layout Standard
22882 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22883 you don't have to use the
22886 \begin_inset space ~
22891 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22892 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22895 \begin_layout Subsection
22897 \begin_inset Index idx
22900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22909 \begin_layout Standard
22910 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22915 arg "space-insert protected"
22921 \begin_inset space ~
22927 \begin_inset Graphics
22928 filename ../images/math/space.png
22930 groupId toolbarbuttons
22935 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22936 For example, the sequence
22941 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22945 \begin_inset Graphics
22946 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22951 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22952 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22953 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22954 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22956 Here are two examples:
22959 \begin_layout Standard
22969 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22975 \begin_layout Standard
22985 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22991 \begin_layout Subsection
22993 \begin_inset Index idx
22996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23005 name "sub:Functions"
23012 \begin_layout Standard
23016 \begin_inset space ~
23021 contains under the button
23022 \begin_inset Graphics
23023 filename ../images/math/functions.png
23025 groupId toolbarbuttons
23029 a number of function macros, such as
23030 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23034 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23042 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23049 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23050 avoid confusions, because
23051 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23055 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23061 \begin_layout Standard
23062 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23064 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23068 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23074 \begin_layout Standard
23075 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23076 s are placed, as described in section
23077 \begin_inset space ~
23081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23083 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23090 \begin_layout Subsection
23092 \begin_inset Index idx
23095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23104 \begin_layout Standard
23105 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23107 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23108 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23109 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23113 \begin_inset space \space{}
23117 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23120 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23121 Our example is entered by typing
23129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23142 \begin_inset space ~
23146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23148 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23152 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23155 \begin_layout Standard
23156 \begin_inset Float table
23161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23162 \begin_inset Caption
23164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23165 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23167 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23171 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23181 \begin_inset Tabular
23182 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23183 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23184 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23185 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23186 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23270 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23324 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23378 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23432 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23486 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23540 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23594 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23648 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23702 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23747 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23768 \begin_layout Standard
23769 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23772 \begin_inset space ~
23778 \begin_inset Graphics
23779 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23781 groupId toolbarbuttons
23785 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23789 \begin_layout Section
23790 Brackets and Delimiters
23791 \begin_inset Index idx
23794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23801 \begin_inset Index idx
23804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23811 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23813 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23820 \begin_layout Standard
23821 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23822 For most purposes, using just the keys
23827 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23828 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23829 toolbar delimiter icon
23832 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23836 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23838 \begin_inset Formula
23840 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23848 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23849 \begin_inset Formula
23851 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23859 \begin_layout Standard
23860 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23861 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23864 \begin_layout Standard
23865 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23866 left side and right side.
23867 If you use the option
23870 \begin_inset space ~
23875 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23876 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23877 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23878 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23881 \begin_layout Standard
23882 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23883 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23884 inside the brackets.
23885 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23890 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23893 \begin_layout Section
23894 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23895 \begin_inset Index idx
23898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23905 \begin_inset Index idx
23908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23915 \begin_inset Index idx
23918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23919 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23927 \begin_layout Standard
23928 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23931 \begin_inset space ~
23937 \begin_inset Graphics
23938 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23940 groupId toolbarbuttons
23945 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23946 Here is an example:
23947 \begin_inset Formula
23949 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23958 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23959 \begin_inset space ~
23963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23965 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23970 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23971 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23972 This alignment is set in the box
23977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24025 for every column as default.
24026 For example, the sequence
24027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24038 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24039 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24040 corresponds to the relevant column.
24041 The result will look like this:
24042 \begin_inset Formula
24045 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24046 column & has & has\, right\\
24047 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24056 \begin_layout Standard
24057 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24060 arg "newline-insert newline"
24063 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24064 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24066 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24069 or the math toolbar.
24072 \begin_layout Standard
24073 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24074 It can be created with the menu
24076 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24077 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24079 \begin_inset space ~
24091 Here is an example:
24092 \begin_inset Formula
24106 \begin_layout Standard
24107 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24110 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24113 arg "newline-insert newline"
24117 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24122 arg "newline-insert newline"
24125 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24133 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24134 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24135 A new row is created by every further hit of
24138 arg "newline-insert newline"
24142 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24143 Here is an example:
24144 \begin_inset Formula
24146 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24147 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24152 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24153 where you want to start the shift and hit
24158 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24159 position to the next column.
24160 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24161 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24162 \begin_inset Formula
24164 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24172 \begin_layout Standard
24173 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24180 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24181 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24184 reference "eq:asquared"
24189 The other types are described in section
24190 \begin_inset space ~
24194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24196 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24203 \begin_layout Section
24204 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24205 \begin_inset Index idx
24208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24209 Math ! Formula numbering
24215 \begin_inset Index idx
24218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24219 Math ! Referencing formulas
24225 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24227 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24234 \begin_layout Standard
24235 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24237 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24238 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24240 \begin_inset space ~
24248 arg "math-number-toggle"
24252 The formula number appears in LyX as
24253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24260 within parentheses.
24262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24269 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24271 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24272 the document class.
24273 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24274 separated by a dot:
24275 \begin_inset Formula
24285 arg "math-number-toggle"
24288 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24289 You can only number displayed formulas.
24292 \begin_layout Standard
24293 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24295 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24296 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24298 \begin_inset space ~
24302 \begin_inset space ~
24306 \begin_inset space ~
24314 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24317 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24318 \begin_inset Formula
24321 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24327 To number all lines use the shortcut
24330 arg "math-number-toggle"
24336 \begin_layout Standard
24337 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24340 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24341 A label is inserted with the menu
24343 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24346 when the cursor is in the formula.
24347 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24348 It is recommended to use the proposed
24349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24360 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24361 type when you have many labels in your document.
24362 We inserted in the following example the label
24363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24370 in the second line:
24371 \begin_inset Formula
24373 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24374 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24379 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24380 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24390 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24392 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24394 \begin_inset space ~
24400 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24401 The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross reference box and in the output
24402 as the formula number:
24405 \begin_layout Standard
24406 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24409 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24416 \begin_layout Standard
24417 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24418 \begin_inset space ~
24422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24424 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24429 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24432 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24435 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24440 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24448 \begin_layout Section
24449 User defined math macros
24450 \begin_inset Index idx
24453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24462 \begin_layout Standard
24463 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24464 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24465 Math macros are explained in section
24468 \begin_inset space ~
24480 \begin_layout Section
24484 \begin_layout Subsection
24486 \begin_inset Index idx
24489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24498 \begin_layout Standard
24499 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24500 To set a font in a formula, use the
24503 \begin_inset space ~
24509 \begin_inset Graphics
24510 filename ../images/math/font.png
24512 groupId toolbarbuttons
24516 , or enter its command, listed in table
24517 \begin_inset space ~
24521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24523 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24530 \begin_layout Standard
24531 \begin_inset Float table
24536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24537 \begin_inset Caption
24539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24540 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24542 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24546 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24556 \begin_inset Tabular
24557 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24558 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24559 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24560 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24592 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24619 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24646 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24679 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24706 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24733 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24767 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24794 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24828 \begin_layout Standard
24829 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24837 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24853 \begin_layout Standard
24854 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24855 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24860 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24861 space when you need a space in the box.
24862 Here an example where
24863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24874 denotes the set of numbers:
24875 \begin_inset Formula
24877 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24885 \begin_layout Standard
24886 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24888 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24892 \begin_inset space \space{}
24904 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24908 \begin_inset Newline newline
24911 So it is better not to use this feature.
24914 \begin_layout Standard
24915 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24916 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24920 \begin_inset Newline newline
24923 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24929 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24930 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24936 \begin_layout Standard
24943 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24946 \begin_layout Standard
24947 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24949 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24950 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24952 \begin_inset space ~
24960 \begin_layout Subsection
24962 \begin_inset Index idx
24965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24974 \begin_layout Standard
24975 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24977 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24981 \begin_inset space ~
24985 \begin_inset space ~
24993 \begin_inset space ~
24999 \begin_inset Graphics
25000 filename ../images/math/font.png
25002 groupId toolbarbuttons
25013 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25014 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25015 Here is an example:
25016 \begin_inset Formula
25019 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25020 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25029 \begin_layout Subsection
25031 \begin_inset Index idx
25034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25043 \begin_layout Standard
25044 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25045 automatically chosen in most situations.
25063 For most characters,
25071 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25072 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25077 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25078 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25080 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25081 \begin_inset Graphics
25082 filename ../images/math/style.png
25084 groupId toolbarbuttons
25089 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25090 For example, you can set
25091 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25094 , which is normally in
25103 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25107 The four styles are used in the following example:
25110 \begin_layout Standard
25111 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25115 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25119 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25123 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25129 \begin_layout Standard
25130 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25131 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25133 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25135 \begin_inset space ~
25140 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25141 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25142 will be adjusted to correspond.
25143 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25154 \begin_layout Standard
25158 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25164 \begin_layout Section
25168 \begin_layout Standard
25169 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25170 the document classes and into layout modules.
25171 \begin_inset Index idx
25174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25180 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25181 other than the AMS classes.
25183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25185 reference "sub:Modules"
25189 for more on layout modules.
25192 \begin_layout Section
25194 \begin_inset Index idx
25197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25204 \begin_inset Index idx
25207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25216 \begin_layout Standard
25217 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25218 (AMS) that are in common use.
25221 \begin_layout Subsection
25222 Enabling AMS-Support
25225 \begin_layout Standard
25226 Selecting the checkbox
25229 \begin_inset space ~
25233 \begin_inset space ~
25237 \begin_inset space ~
25244 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25248 \begin_inset Index idx
25251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25252 Document ! Settings
25260 \begin_inset space ~
25265 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25267 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25268 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25271 \begin_layout Subsection
25273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25275 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25280 \begin_inset Index idx
25283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25284 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25292 \begin_layout Standard
25293 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25294 LyX allows you to choose between
25315 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25318 \begin_layout Chapter
25322 \begin_layout Section
25324 \begin_inset Index idx
25327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25334 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25336 name "sec:Cross-References"
25343 \begin_layout Standard
25344 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25345 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25347 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25348 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25349 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25352 \begin_layout Enumerate
25356 \begin_layout Enumerate
25357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25359 name "enu:Second-item"
25366 \begin_layout Enumerate
25370 \begin_layout Standard
25371 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25373 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25376 or by pressing the toolbar button
25383 A gray label box like this:
25384 \begin_inset Graphics
25385 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25390 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25391 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25426 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25427 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25431 \begin_inset space \space{}
25434 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25449 \begin_layout Standard
25450 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25452 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25455 or the toolbar button
25458 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25462 A gray cross-reference box like this:
25463 \begin_inset Graphics
25464 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25469 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25471 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25484 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25488 \begin_layout Standard
25491 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25494 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25499 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
25500 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25502 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25514 \begin_layout Standard
25515 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25516 \begin_inset space ~
25520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25522 reference "enu:Second-item"
25529 \begin_layout Standard
25530 It is recommended to use a protected space
25534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25535 described in section
25536 \begin_inset space ~
25540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25542 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25551 between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
25552 line breaks between them.
25555 \begin_layout Standard
25556 There are six formats of cross-references:
25559 \begin_layout Description
25560 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25563 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25570 \begin_layout Description
25571 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25572 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25584 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25591 \begin_layout Description
25592 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25593 \begin_inset space ~
25597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25598 LatexCommand pageref
25599 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25606 \begin_layout Description
25608 \begin_inset space ~
25612 \begin_inset space ~
25615 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25617 LatexCommand vpageref
25618 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25625 \begin_layout Description
25627 \begin_inset space ~
25631 \begin_inset space ~
25635 \begin_inset space ~
25638 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25641 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25648 \begin_layout Description
25650 \begin_inset space ~
25653 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25654 \begin_inset Newline newline
25658 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25666 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25675 \begin_inset Index idx
25678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25679 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25685 \begin_inset Index idx
25688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25689 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25700 \begin_inset Newline newline
25703 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25706 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25710 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25711 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25719 is the default and preferred because
25723 supports only English documents.
25724 The format is specified by using the command
25736 (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
25737 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25750 ) can be done with this command
25751 \begin_inset Newline newline
25758 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25763 \begin_inset Newline newline
25766 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25768 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25770 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25777 \begin_layout Description
25779 \begin_inset space ~
25782 reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
25783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25784 LatexCommand nameref
25785 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25792 \begin_layout Standard
25797 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25800 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25804 \begin_inset space \space{}
25808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25822 <reference> on page <page>
25824 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25827 \begin_layout Standard
25828 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25829 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25830 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25834 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25838 \begin_layout Standard
25839 You can only use the style
25843 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25847 is always possible.
25850 \begin_layout Standard
25851 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25852 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25854 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25855 \begin_inset space ~
25859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25861 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25868 \begin_layout Standard
25869 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25873 \begin_inset space ~
25877 \begin_inset space ~
25882 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25883 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25886 \begin_inset space ~
25891 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25892 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25895 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25901 \begin_layout Standard
25902 You can change labels at any time.
25903 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25904 do not need to take care about this.
25907 \begin_layout Standard
25908 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25909 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25912 \begin_layout Standard
25913 References are described in detail in sec.
25914 \begin_inset space ~
25918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25928 \begin_inset space ~
25936 \begin_layout Section
25937 Table of Contents and other Listings
25938 \begin_inset Index idx
25941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25948 \begin_inset Index idx
25951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25967 \begin_layout Subsection
25969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25971 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25978 \begin_layout Standard
25979 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25981 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25982 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25984 \begin_inset space ~
25988 \begin_inset space ~
25994 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25995 If you click on it, the
25999 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
26000 sections in your documents.
26001 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26003 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26006 that is described in sec.
26007 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26013 reference "sec:Navigating"
26020 \begin_layout Standard
26021 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26022 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26024 \begin_inset space ~
26028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26030 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26034 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26036 \begin_inset space ~
26040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26042 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26046 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26048 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26051 \begin_layout Subsection
26052 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26053 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26055 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26062 \begin_layout Standard
26063 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26064 You can insert them via the
26066 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26068 \begin_inset space ~
26072 \begin_inset space ~
26078 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26081 \begin_layout Section
26082 URLs and Hyperlinks
26083 \begin_inset Index idx
26086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26093 \begin_inset Index idx
26096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26105 \begin_layout Subsection
26107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26116 \begin_layout Standard
26117 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26119 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26125 \begin_layout Standard
26126 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26127 \begin_inset Flex URL
26130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26140 \begin_layout Standard
26141 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26147 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26151 \begin_layout Standard
26152 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26160 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26168 \begin_layout Subsection
26170 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26172 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26179 \begin_layout Standard
26180 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26182 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26185 or with the toolbar button
26192 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26201 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26202 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26203 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26205 name "LyX's homepage"
26206 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26210 , an Email address like this:
26211 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26213 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26214 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26219 , or a link to a file.
26222 \begin_layout Standard
26223 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26236 to the link target.
26239 \begin_layout Standard
26240 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26241 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26242 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26243 the text style dialog.
26244 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26248 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26250 name "LyX's homepage"
26251 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26258 \begin_layout Standard
26259 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26263 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26265 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26266 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26270 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26272 \begin_inset Newline newline
26280 \begin_inset Newline newline
26287 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26290 \begin_layout Section
26292 \begin_inset Index idx
26295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26302 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26304 name "sec:Appendices"
26311 \begin_layout Standard
26312 Appendices are created with the menu
26314 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26316 \begin_inset space ~
26320 \begin_inset space ~
26326 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26327 as the appendix region.
26328 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26331 \begin_layout Standard
26332 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26333 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26334 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26335 and the subsection number.
26336 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26340 \begin_layout Standard
26342 \begin_inset space ~
26346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26348 reference "cha:Credits"
26353 \begin_inset space ~
26357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26359 reference "sub:Export"
26366 \begin_layout Section
26368 \begin_inset Index idx
26371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26380 name "sec:Bibliography"
26387 \begin_layout Standard
26388 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26389 You can include a bibliography database,
26393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26394 Known under the name
26395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26407 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26408 manually, using the paragraph environment
26412 , which was described in section
26413 \begin_inset space ~
26417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26419 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26424 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26425 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26429 use a bibliography database.
26432 \begin_layout Subsection
26433 The Bibliography Environment
26436 \begin_layout Standard
26441 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26443 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26452 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26454 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26463 , a short form of its title, as key.
26466 \begin_layout Standard
26467 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26469 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26472 or the toolbar button
26475 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26479 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26480 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26481 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26482 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26486 \begin_layout Standard
26487 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26488 entry with surrounding brackets.
26493 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26494 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26506 \begin_layout Standard
26509 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26512 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26514 key "latexcompanion"
26521 \begin_layout Standard
26522 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26523 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26532 \begin_layout Subsection
26533 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26534 \begin_inset Index idx
26537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26538 Bibliography ! Databases
26544 \begin_inset Index idx
26547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26548 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26554 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26556 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26563 \begin_layout Standard
26564 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26570 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26572 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26573 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26578 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26580 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26581 your working field in a database.
26582 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26583 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26585 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26589 \begin_layout Standard
26590 The database is a text file with the file extension
26591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26602 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26603 The format is explained in
26604 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26610 and in LaTeX books (
26611 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26613 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26618 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26619 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26620 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26621 \begin_inset Flex URL
26624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26626 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26634 \begin_layout Standard
26635 To use a database, use the menu
26637 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26642 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26655 \begin_inset space ~
26661 A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
26662 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26665 Add bibliography to TOC
26667 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26672 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26673 in the document or just the cited references.
26676 \begin_layout Standard
26677 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26689 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26690 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26691 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26693 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26699 For information how this is done, have a look at
26700 \begin_inset Newline newline
26704 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26706 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26718 \begin_layout Standard
26719 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26722 \begin_layout Standard
26723 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26724 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as processor;
26725 either in the document settings under
26729 or in LyX's preferences under
26731 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26746 The following variants are possible:
26749 \begin_layout Description
26750 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26751 other bibliography packages (like e.
26752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26756 \begin_inset space ~
26763 ), only with the package
26767 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26771 \begin_layout Description
26772 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26773 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26774 with all bibliography packages, except of
26779 \begin_layout Description
26780 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26785 , works with all bibliography packages
26788 \begin_layout Standard
26789 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26791 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26797 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26806 \begin_layout Standard
26807 When you select the option
26809 Sectioned bibliography
26813 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26816 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26817 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26819 Customizing Bibliographies
26827 Additional Features
26832 \begin_layout Standard
26833 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26834 the two methods of creating them.
26835 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26836 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26837 We used the style file
26841 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26844 \begin_layout Subsection
26845 Bibliography layout
26846 \begin_inset Index idx
26849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26850 Bibliography ! Layout
26858 \begin_layout Standard
26859 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26860 For this feature you need to enable the option
26866 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26870 \begin_inset Index idx
26873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26874 Document ! Settings
26884 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26885 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26886 in the previous section.
26889 \begin_layout Standard
26890 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26891 in the citation reference window.
26892 Here an example where we set the text
26893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26897 \begin_inset space ~
26901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26904 to appear after the reference:
26907 \begin_layout Standard
26909 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26912 key "latexcompanion"
26919 \begin_layout Section
26921 \begin_inset Index idx
26924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26940 \begin_layout Standard
26941 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26943 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26945 \begin_inset space ~
26950 or the toolbar button
26958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26969 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26970 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26971 by LyX as the index entry.
26974 \begin_layout Standard
26975 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26976 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26978 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26980 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26987 \begin_layout Standard
26988 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26990 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26992 \begin_inset space ~
26996 \begin_inset space ~
26999 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27001 \begin_inset space ~
27007 A light blue box labeled
27008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27019 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27020 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27023 \begin_layout Subsection
27024 Grouping Index Entries
27025 \begin_inset Index idx
27028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27037 \begin_layout Standard
27038 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27040 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27041 lists under the entry
27042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27050 First we create the entry
27051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27059 \begin_inset space ~
27063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27065 reference "sub:Lists"
27070 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27071 \begin_inset space ~
27075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27077 reference "sec:Itemize"
27081 , we insert the command
27084 \begin_layout Standard
27090 \begin_layout Standard
27094 \begin_layout Standard
27100 \begin_layout Standard
27101 for the enumerated list in section
27102 \begin_inset space ~
27106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27108 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27115 \begin_layout Standard
27116 The exclamation mark
27117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27124 marks the grouping levels.
27125 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27126 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27127 If we don't have an index entry for
27128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27135 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27138 \begin_layout Subsection
27140 \begin_inset Index idx
27143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27144 Index ! Page ranges
27152 \begin_layout Standard
27153 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27155 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27157 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27161 \begin_inset space \space{}
27164 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27166 \begin_inset space ~
27170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27172 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27179 \begin_layout Standard
27182 Paragraph environments|(
27185 \begin_layout Standard
27186 and another entry at the end of section
27187 \begin_inset space ~
27191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27193 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27200 \begin_layout Standard
27203 Paragraph environments|)
27206 \begin_layout Standard
27208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27231 respectively start and end the index range.
27232 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27233 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27234 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27235 An example is the index entry
27236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27239 Document ! Settings
27240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27246 \begin_layout Subsection
27248 \begin_inset Index idx
27251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27252 Index ! Cross referencing
27260 \begin_layout Standard
27261 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27262 We referred for example in the index entry
27263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27271 \begin_inset space ~
27275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27277 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27281 ) to the index entry
27282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27289 in the same section using the entry
27292 \begin_layout Standard
27295 GIF|see{Image formats}
27298 \begin_layout Standard
27299 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27300 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27301 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27304 \begin_layout Subsection
27306 \begin_inset Index idx
27309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27310 Index ! Entry order
27318 \begin_layout Standard
27319 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27320 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27321 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27326 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27328 \begin_inset space ~
27332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27334 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27343 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27344 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27369 \begin_inset Index idx
27372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27373 Dummy entries ! maïs
27379 \begin_inset Index idx
27382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27383 Dummy entries ! maître
27389 \begin_inset Index idx
27392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27393 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27398 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27399 order maïs, maison, maître.
27400 To achieve this, we use the command
27403 \begin_layout Standard
27406 previous entry@current entry
27409 \begin_layout Standard
27410 In our case we want to have
27411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27426 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27429 \begin_layout Standard
27435 \begin_layout Standard
27436 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27437 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27441 \begin_layout Standard
27442 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27448 \begin_layout Standard
27449 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27454 to generate the index (see sec.
27455 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27461 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27470 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27478 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27482 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27483 index commands start with
27484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27496 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27501 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27504 \begin_layout Standard
27516 \begin_layout Standard
27528 \begin_layout Subsection
27530 \begin_inset Index idx
27533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27534 Index ! Entry layout
27542 \begin_layout Standard
27543 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27544 \begin_inset Index idx
27547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27550 This is an italic dummy entry
27555 You can also format the page number using the character
27556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27563 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27564 We can write for example
27567 \begin_layout Standard
27570 italic page number:|textit
27573 \begin_layout Standard
27574 to get the page number in italic.
27575 \begin_inset Index idx
27578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27579 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27584 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27602 \begin_inset space ~
27608 Have a look at section
27609 \begin_inset space ~
27613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27615 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27619 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27622 \begin_layout Standard
27623 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27631 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27635 to generate the index, see sec.
27636 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27642 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27651 , however, this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27652 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they
27654 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27657 key "latexcompanion"
27669 \begin_layout Standard
27670 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27672 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27673 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27674 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27675 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27676 If so, put the following in the preamble
27679 \begin_layout Standard
27691 \begin_layout Standard
27695 \begin_layout Standard
27701 \begin_layout Standard
27702 in the index entry.
27703 \begin_inset Index idx
27706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27707 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27712 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27713 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27714 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27717 \begin_layout Standard
27718 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27720 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27724 \begin_inset space \space{}
27727 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27728 for all index entries.
27729 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27741 documentation for details,
27742 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27744 key "makeindex,xindy"
27751 \begin_layout Subsection
27753 \begin_inset Index idx
27756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27763 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27765 name "sub:Index-Program"
27772 \begin_layout Standard
27773 If the index entry program
27777 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27781 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27790 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27791 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27792 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27793 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27794 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27804 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27805 dialog, see section
27806 \begin_inset space ~
27810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27812 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27817 The available options are listed and explained in
27818 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27820 key "makeindex,xindy"
27825 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27829 \begin_layout Standard
27830 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27831 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27834 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27835 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27839 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27840 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27843 \begin_layout Subsection
27847 \begin_layout Standard
27848 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27849 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27857 next to the standard index.
27858 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27859 packages that add this feature.
27865 \begin_inset Index idx
27868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27869 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27874 package to generate multiple indexes.
27875 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27876 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27877 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27884 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27885 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27886 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27889 \begin_layout Standard
27890 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27892 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27893 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27900 Use multiple Indexes
27901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27905 Note that the list of
27906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27913 below already contains the standard index.
27914 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27915 also appear as a heading) to the
27916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27923 input field and press the
27924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27932 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27933 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27934 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27938 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27944 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27945 indexes in the LyX work area.
27948 \begin_layout Standard
27949 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27952 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27954 \begin_inset space ~
27958 \begin_inset space ~
27967 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27968 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27969 are some additional features:
27972 \begin_layout Itemize
27973 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27974 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27977 \begin_layout Itemize
27978 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27979 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27988 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27990 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27993 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27994 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27995 to the non-subindexes.
27998 \begin_layout Section
27999 Nomenclature / Glossary
28000 \begin_inset Index idx
28003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28010 \begin_inset Index idx
28013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28042 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28044 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28051 \begin_layout Standard
28052 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28053 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28057 \begin_layout Standard
28058 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28063 \begin_inset Index idx
28066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28067 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28073 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28074 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28080 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28083 \begin_layout Standard
28084 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28085 and then use the menu
28087 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28093 \begin_inset space ~
28098 or the toolbar button
28101 arg "nomencl-insert"
28106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28117 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28120 \begin_layout Standard
28121 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28122 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28123 The second is the description of the symbol.
28126 \begin_layout Standard
28127 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28135 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28143 \begin_layout Subsection
28144 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28145 \begin_inset Index idx
28148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28149 Nomenclature ! Layout
28157 \begin_layout Standard
28158 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28162 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28168 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28176 \begin_inset Newline newline
28184 \begin_inset Newline newline
28190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28197 character starts/ends the formula.
28198 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28210 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28220 \begin_layout Standard
28221 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28222 \begin_inset space ~
28226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28228 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28235 \begin_layout Standard
28239 \begin_inset space ~
28244 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28245 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28250 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28257 in this document is:
28258 \begin_inset Newline newline
28263 dummy entry for the character
28268 \begin_inset Newline newline
28280 \begin_inset space ~
28290 font use the command
28319 \begin_layout Subsection
28320 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28321 \begin_inset Index idx
28324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28325 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28333 \begin_layout Standard
28334 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28335 the symbol definition.
28336 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28337 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28340 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28341 LatexCommand nomenclature
28343 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28350 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28354 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28355 LatexCommand nomenclature
28358 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28363 They will be sorted by
28364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28390 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28393 will be sorted before the
28397 since the character
28398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28405 is considered in sorting.
28408 \begin_layout Standard
28409 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28412 \begin_inset space ~
28417 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28418 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28420 For the example given, you can insert
28424 in this field for the
28425 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28432 will be located before
28433 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28439 \begin_layout Standard
28440 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28445 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28454 \begin_layout Subsection
28455 Nomenclature Options
28456 \begin_inset Index idx
28459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28460 Nomenclature ! Options
28468 \begin_layout Standard
28473 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28474 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28477 \begin_layout Description
28478 refeq Appends the phrase
28479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28494 to every nomenclature entry, where
28500 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28503 \begin_layout Description
28504 refpage Appends the phrase
28505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28520 to every nomenclature entry, where
28526 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28529 \begin_layout Description
28530 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28533 \begin_layout Standard
28534 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28535 class options list in the
28537 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28541 In this document the options
28548 \begin_layout Standard
28549 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28555 \begin_layout Standard
28556 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28557 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28562 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28565 \begin_layout Description
28575 \begin_layout Description
28578 nomrefpage Like the
28585 \begin_layout Description
28588 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28597 \begin_layout Description
28601 \begin_inset space ~
28607 \begin_inset space ~
28612 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28615 \begin_layout Standard
28617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28624 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28625 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28628 \begin_layout Standard
28636 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28639 \begin_inset Newline newline
28646 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28651 \begin_inset Newline newline
28655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28670 by their translation.
28673 \begin_layout Subsection
28674 Printing the Nomenclature
28675 \begin_inset Index idx
28678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28679 Nomenclature ! Printing
28687 \begin_layout Standard
28688 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28690 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28692 \begin_inset space ~
28696 \begin_inset space ~
28699 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28715 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28716 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28717 You can choose between these settings:
28720 \begin_layout Description
28721 Default a space of 1
28722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28728 \begin_layout Description
28730 \begin_inset space ~
28734 \begin_inset space ~
28737 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28740 \begin_layout Description
28741 Custom custom space
28744 \begin_layout Standard
28745 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28754 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28762 For example, in order to change the name to
28766 , add the following line to the preamble:
28769 \begin_layout Standard
28777 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28780 \begin_layout Subsection
28781 Nomenclature Program
28782 \begin_inset Index idx
28785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28786 Nomenclature ! Program
28792 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28794 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28801 \begin_layout Standard
28802 LyX uses the program
28806 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28807 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28812 by adding options, see section
28813 \begin_inset space ~
28817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28819 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28824 The available options are listed and explained in
28825 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28827 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28834 \begin_layout Section
28836 \begin_inset Index idx
28839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28846 \begin_inset Index idx
28849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28850 Document ! Branches
28856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28858 name "sec:Branches"
28865 \begin_layout Standard
28866 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28867 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28868 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28869 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28872 \begin_layout Standard
28873 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28874 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28875 To create a branch, either select the menu
28877 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28878 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28881 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28883 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28890 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28891 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28892 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28893 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28894 (see below for an example).
28895 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28896 to the name of the other) and to add
28897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28905 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28909 \begin_inset space ~
28912 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28913 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28916 \begin_layout Standard
28917 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28918 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28920 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28923 where you can choose a branch.
28924 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28928 \begin_layout Standard
28929 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28930 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28933 \begin_layout Standard
28934 \begin_inset Branch Question
28937 \begin_layout Standard
28938 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28946 \begin_layout Standard
28947 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28950 \begin_layout Standard
28951 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28959 \begin_layout Standard
28966 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28967 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28970 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28971 Consider for example a file
28972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28979 which has the above branches.
28981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28988 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29012 branch were inactive,
29013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29028 branch was active, likewise
29029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29044 branch was active, and
29045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29048 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29052 if both branches were active.
29053 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29057 \begin_layout Standard
29058 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29064 \begin_layout Standard
29065 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29066 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29068 For example you can define for the question branch
29072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29073 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29074 \begin_inset space ~
29078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29080 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29092 \begin_layout Standard
29102 \begin_layout Standard
29112 \begin_layout Standard
29113 and for the answer branch
29116 \begin_layout Standard
29126 \begin_layout Standard
29136 \begin_layout Standard
29137 \begin_inset Branch Question
29140 \begin_layout Standard
29144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29172 \begin_layout Standard
29173 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29176 \begin_layout Standard
29180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29208 \begin_layout Standard
29209 Now it is possible to use the commands
29213 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29220 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29223 to obtain conditional output.
29224 Here is an example formula where only the
29231 \begin_inset Formula
29233 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29241 \begin_layout Standard
29242 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29250 \begin_layout Section
29252 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29254 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29259 \begin_inset Index idx
29262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29271 \begin_layout Standard
29276 dialog allows you in the
29280 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29281 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29286 \begin_inset Index idx
29289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29290 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29298 \begin_layout Standard
29303 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29304 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29305 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29307 You can specify in the dialog tab
29311 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29313 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29314 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29318 \begin_layout Standard
29323 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29324 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29325 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29327 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29328 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29330 \begin_inset space ~
29333 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29334 \begin_inset space ~
29337 1 will only display the sections.
29340 \begin_layout Standard
29341 The header information in the dialog tab
29345 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29346 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29347 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29351 \begin_inset space \space{}
29354 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29355 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29358 Automatic fill header
29360 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29361 title and author settings.
29364 \begin_layout Standard
29367 Load in fullscreen mode
29369 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29372 \begin_layout Standard
29373 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29374 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29380 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29381 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29390 \begin_layout Section
29391 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29394 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29401 \begin_layout Subsection
29403 \begin_inset Index idx
29406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29415 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29422 \begin_layout Standard
29423 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29424 constructs, but not all.
29425 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29426 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29427 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29428 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29429 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29433 \begin_layout Standard
29434 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29436 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29438 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29440 \begin_inset space ~
29445 or by the toolbar button
29452 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29456 \begin_layout Standard
29457 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29458 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29459 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29460 using the LaTeX-command
29466 , you can write the command part
29472 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29476 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29477 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29478 the following example:
29481 \begin_layout Standard
29482 \begin_inset Graphics
29483 filename clipart/ERT.png
29491 \begin_layout Standard
29495 \begin_layout Standard
29496 This is a line with a
29500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29523 \begin_layout Standard
29524 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29532 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29533 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29541 \begin_layout Subsection
29542 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29543 \begin_inset Argument
29546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29553 \begin_inset Index idx
29556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29565 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29572 \begin_layout Standard
29573 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29574 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29575 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29584 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29585 any time if you know the right commands.
29587 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29591 \begin_inset space \space{}
29594 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29596 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29597 all caption labels bold.
29598 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29600 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29604 \begin_layout Standard
29605 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29606 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29607 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29609 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29618 \begin_layout Standard
29619 As result you know that the package
29624 \begin_inset Index idx
29627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29628 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29634 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29636 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29642 \begin_layout Standard
29647 usepackage[options]{package name}
29650 \begin_layout Standard
29651 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29652 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29653 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29656 \begin_layout Standard
29657 In your case the package name is
29662 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29667 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29668 So you add the command
29671 \begin_layout Standard
29676 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29679 \begin_layout Standard
29680 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29685 For more commands provided by the
29689 package, have a look at its documentation,
29690 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29704 \begin_layout Standard
29705 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29707 For example if you use a
29711 class, you don't need the package
29715 , you can instead write
29718 \begin_layout Standard
29723 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29728 \begin_layout Standard
29729 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29730 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29731 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29738 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29741 \begin_layout Standard
29742 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29743 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29745 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29746 the previous section.
29749 \begin_layout Standard
29750 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29752 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29754 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29761 \begin_layout Standard
29762 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29768 \begin_layout Standard
29772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29782 \begin_inset Note Note
29785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29786 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29794 \begin_layout Left Header
29795 \begin_inset Argument
29798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29818 \begin_inset Note Note
29821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29822 defines the header line as described below
29830 \begin_layout Center Header
29831 \begin_inset Argument
29834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29843 \begin_layout Right Header
29844 \begin_inset Argument
29847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29868 \begin_layout Left Footer
29869 \begin_inset Argument
29872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29893 \begin_layout Center Footer
29894 \begin_inset Argument
29897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29908 \begin_inset Newline newline
29912 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29918 \begin_layout Right Footer
29919 \begin_inset Argument
29922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29944 \begin_layout Section
29945 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29948 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29953 \begin_inset Index idx
29956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29957 Document ! Header/Footer line
29963 \begin_inset Index idx
29966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29975 \begin_layout Standard
29976 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
29977 to set the headings style to
29983 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29989 \begin_inset space ~
29995 As second step add in the menu
29997 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29998 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30005 Custom Header/Footerlines
30006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30010 This module offers the 6
30011 \begin_inset space ~
30017 \begin_layout Description
30019 \begin_inset space ~
30023 \begin_inset space ~
30027 \begin_inset space ~
30031 \begin_inset space ~
30035 \begin_inset space ~
30041 \begin_layout Description
30043 \begin_inset space ~
30047 \begin_inset space ~
30051 \begin_inset space ~
30055 \begin_inset space ~
30059 \begin_inset space ~
30065 \begin_layout Standard
30066 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30069 \begin_layout Standard
30070 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30071 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
30073 \begin_inset space ~
30077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30079 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30083 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30086 \begin_layout Standard
30087 \begin_inset Float figure
30093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30096 \begin_inset Tabular
30097 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30098 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30099 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30100 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30101 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30103 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30121 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30132 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30150 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30161 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30165 The normal text on the page goes here.
30166 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30168 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30169 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30174 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30183 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30194 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30212 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30223 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30241 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30259 \begin_inset Caption
30261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30262 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30264 name "fig:Page-layout"
30268 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30281 \begin_layout Subsection
30285 \begin_layout Standard
30286 To define your header line, add all 3
30287 \begin_inset space ~
30291 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30292 the optional arguments on even pages.
30293 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30295 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30296 Defining the footer line works similar.
30299 \begin_layout Standard
30300 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30303 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30316 \begin_inset space ~
30324 \begin_layout Description
30327 thepage prints the current page number
30330 \begin_layout Description
30333 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30336 \begin_layout Description
30339 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30342 \begin_layout Description
30345 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30346 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30353 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30356 because it usually goes in a left header.
30359 \begin_layout Description
30362 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30363 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30365 It is normally used in the right header.
30368 \begin_layout Subsection
30369 Default header/footer
30372 \begin_layout Standard
30373 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30374 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30375 footer has the page number.
30376 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30377 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30378 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30381 \begin_inset space ~
30389 \begin_layout Subsection
30393 \begin_layout Standard
30394 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30395 Some pages are different.
30396 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30397 a new part or chapter in your book.
30398 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30399 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30400 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30403 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30404 Header and footer decoration line
30407 \begin_layout Standard
30408 By default, you get a 0.4
30409 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30412 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30413 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30425 in the following scheme:
30428 \begin_layout Standard
30435 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30438 \begin_layout Standard
30439 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30448 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30449 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30455 \begin_layout Standard
30456 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30457 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30458 \begin_inset space ~
30462 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30471 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30472 Several header/footer lines
30475 \begin_layout Standard
30476 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30477 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30478 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30480 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30492 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30495 \begin_layout Standard
30502 headheight}{height}
30505 \begin_layout Standard
30506 Where height is a size in standard units.
30507 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30508 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30509 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30511 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30525 and look via the button
30528 \begin_inset space ~
30533 if you find a warning of the package
30538 \begin_inset Index idx
30541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30542 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30548 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30549 for your header/footer.
30552 \begin_layout Subsection
30556 \begin_layout Standard
30557 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30558 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30559 This example consists of the following definition:
30562 \begin_layout Description
30564 \begin_inset space ~
30573 , empty optional argument
30576 \begin_layout Description
30578 \begin_inset space ~
30581 Header empty, empty optional argument
30584 \begin_layout Description
30586 \begin_inset space ~
30595 in the optional argument
30598 \begin_layout Description
30600 \begin_inset space ~
30609 in the optional argument
30612 \begin_layout Description
30614 \begin_inset space ~
30626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30630 \begin_inset Newline newline
30634 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30641 in the optional argument
30644 \begin_layout Description
30646 \begin_inset space ~
30655 , empty optional argument
30658 \begin_layout Description
30661 headrulewidth set to 2
30662 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30668 \begin_layout Standard
30669 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30671 For more special things like e.
30672 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30676 \begin_inset space ~
30679 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30684 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30693 \begin_layout Standard
30694 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30700 \begin_layout Standard
30704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30708 pagestyle{headings}
30714 \begin_inset Note Note
30717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30718 switches back to page style with the default headings
30726 \begin_layout Section
30727 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30730 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30735 \begin_inset Index idx
30738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30745 \begin_inset Index idx
30748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30757 \begin_layout Standard
30758 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30759 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
30760 to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
30763 \begin_layout Subsection
30767 \begin_layout Standard
30768 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30773 \begin_inset Index idx
30776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30777 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30782 (on some systems named simply
30787 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30789 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30795 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30796 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30804 package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package is
30805 automatically installed together with LyX.
30808 \begin_layout Subsection
30812 \begin_layout Standard
30813 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30814 LaTeX, activate the option
30817 \begin_inset space ~
30824 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30830 \begin_inset space ~
30834 \begin_inset space ~
30837 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30844 \begin_inset space ~
30857 \begin_inset space ~
30862 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30865 \begin_layout Standard
30866 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30870 \begin_layout Standard
30871 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30879 Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
30880 generated by activating the option
30883 \begin_inset space ~
30889 Reopening the documents assures to get previews.
30897 \begin_layout Subsection
30898 Selected document parts
30901 \begin_layout Standard
30902 Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
30903 for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
30904 which are not yet supported by LyX.
30905 To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
30907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30911 Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
30912 The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
30913 If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
30916 \begin_layout Standard
30917 An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
30923 which is not yet supported by LyX.
30927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30934 is explained in section
30936 Rotated and Scaled Boxes
30941 \begin_inset space ~
30951 Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
30952 boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
30954 Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
30956 Here is the result:
30959 \begin_layout Standard
30960 \begin_inset Preview
30962 \begin_layout Standard
30967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30971 rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
30977 \begin_inset Box Doublebox
30987 height_special "totalheight"
30990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31015 rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
31021 \begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
31028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31043 \begin_layout Standard
31044 Previewing works also for colors.
31045 In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
31056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31063 is explained in section
31070 \begin_inset space ~
31083 \begin_layout Standard
31084 \begin_inset Preview
31086 \begin_layout Standard
31090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31109 fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
31114 This is text within a colored, framed box.
31118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31133 \begin_layout Standard
31134 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
31140 \begin_layout Standard
31141 If LyX does not show a preview, assure that you enabled previews as described
31142 above and also assure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and that
31143 you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
31145 If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
31146 to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
31147 So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
31148 preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
31152 \begin_layout Subsection
31156 \begin_layout Standard
31157 You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
31160 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31162 \begin_inset space ~
31167 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31168 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31170 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31171 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31172 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31173 the source view window.
31176 \begin_layout Section
31177 Advanced Find and Replace
31178 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31180 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31185 \begin_inset Index idx
31188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31195 \begin_inset Index idx
31198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31207 \begin_layout Subsection
31211 \begin_layout Standard
31212 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31213 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31214 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31215 The key-features are:
31218 \begin_layout Itemize
31219 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31220 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31221 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31225 \begin_layout Itemize
31226 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31227 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31228 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31229 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31232 \begin_layout Itemize
31233 Search may be widened to a specific
31238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31242 \begin_inset space ~
31245 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31246 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31253 \begin_layout Itemize
31254 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31255 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31256 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31260 \begin_inset space ~
31263 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31266 \begin_layout Subsection
31270 \begin_layout Standard
31271 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
31274 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31287 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31290 ) or the toolbar button
31293 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31299 Advanced Find and Replace
31304 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31308 \begin_layout Standard
31313 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31318 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31323 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31324 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31325 Pressing repeatedly
31329 keeps searching forward.
31330 Similarly, pressing
31334 searches for the entered text backwards.
31337 \begin_layout Standard
31338 While searching, the
31342 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31352 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31355 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31356 Searching for mathematics
31359 \begin_layout Standard
31360 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31364 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31365 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31368 or also something more complex like
31369 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31373 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31374 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31375 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31376 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31382 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31386 \begin_layout Standard
31387 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31388 This is done by switching to the
31392 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31397 This way, entering in the
31404 \begin_layout Itemize
31405 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31406 in emphasized or boldface.
31409 \begin_layout Itemize
31410 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31411 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31412 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31413 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31416 \begin_layout Itemize
31417 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31418 of if only within section headings.
31419 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31420 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31424 \begin_layout Itemize
31425 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31426 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31429 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31433 \begin_layout Standard
31434 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31438 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31446 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31450 button or alternatively
31472 \begin_layout Standard
31473 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31474 text segments in your document.
31475 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31479 \begin_layout Itemize
31480 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31481 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31489 with its typewriter version
31492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31502 \begin_layout Itemize
31503 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31509 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31521 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31528 (you may want to enable the
31536 options and disable the
31544 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31552 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31553 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31557 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31560 , or occurrences of
31561 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31565 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31571 \begin_layout Subsection
31575 \begin_layout Standard
31576 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31581 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31583 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31585 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31594 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31600 This is done via the menu
31602 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31603 Insert Regular Expression
31605 while the cursor is in the
31610 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31611 expression matching rules
31615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31616 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31618 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31622 \begin_inset space ~
31625 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31626 to match expressions.
31631 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31632 same text in the document.
31633 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31634 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31637 \begin_layout Enumerate
31638 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31643 editor the fraction
31644 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31648 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31651 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31652 fractions with the given denominator.
31655 \begin_layout Enumerate
31656 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31668 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31673 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31674 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31676 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31679 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31680 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31683 \begin_layout Standard
31684 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31685 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31686 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31689 , and referring back to them through
31690 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31694 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31698 For example, try searching for the regexp
31699 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31702 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31705 \begin_layout Standard
31706 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31707 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31708 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31709 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31713 \begin_inset space ~
31717 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31720 always refers to the first occurrence of
31721 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31724 in all entered regexps.
31727 \begin_layout Standard
31728 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31732 \begin_layout Section
31734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31736 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31741 \begin_inset Index idx
31744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31753 \begin_layout Standard
31754 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31757 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31764 or the toolbar button
31767 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31770 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31771 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31772 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31773 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31774 scrolled so that it is visible.
31775 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31776 n, if any could be found.
31777 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
31781 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
31782 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31785 \begin_layout Standard
31786 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31789 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31793 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31794 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31795 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31796 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31797 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31798 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31801 \begin_layout Subsection
31805 \begin_layout Standard
31806 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31809 \begin_inset space ~
31812 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31815 you can set the following things:
31818 \begin_layout Description
31820 \begin_inset space ~
31823 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31824 Depending on your platform,
31838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31839 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31840 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31855 \begin_layout Description
31857 \begin_inset space ~
31860 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31861 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31864 \begin_layout Description
31866 \begin_inset space ~
31869 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31871 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31875 \begin_inset space \space{}
31879 This should normally not be needed.
31882 \begin_layout Description
31884 \begin_inset space ~
31888 \begin_inset space ~
31891 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31903 \begin_layout Description
31905 \begin_inset space ~
31908 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31909 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31910 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
31911 in the context menu.
31912 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31916 \begin_layout Description
31918 \begin_inset space ~
31922 \begin_inset space ~
31926 \begin_inset space ~
31929 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31933 \begin_layout Section
31935 \begin_inset Index idx
31938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31945 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31947 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31954 \begin_layout Standard
31955 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31956 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31966 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31968 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31977 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31978 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31979 are available for many languages.
31982 \begin_layout Standard
31983 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31987 \begin_layout Subsection
31988 Setting up the thesaurus
31991 \begin_layout Standard
31999 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32004 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32009 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32015 en_EN for English).
32016 For instance, the English files are named:
32019 \begin_layout Itemize
32023 \begin_layout Itemize
32027 \begin_layout Standard
32028 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
32029 already on your system.
32030 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32031 \begin_inset Flex URL
32034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32036 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32042 \begin_inset Flex URL
32045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32047 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
32056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32057 Note that, as of OpenOffice
32058 \begin_inset space ~
32062 \begin_inset Flex URL
32065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32067 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32072 are usually packed in extension archives (
32076 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32078 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32079 unpack a zip archive.
32092 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32093 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32095 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32096 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32100 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32103 \begin_layout Subsection
32104 Using the thesaurus
32107 \begin_layout Standard
32108 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32110 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32113 or the toolbar button
32116 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32119 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32121 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32123 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32124 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
32125 and hyponyms (such as
32133 ), compounds (such as
32137 ) and antonyms (such as
32145 ), which are marked as such.
32148 \begin_layout Standard
32149 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32150 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32154 \begin_layout Standard
32155 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32156 the dictionary, such as the above
32160 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32165 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32166 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32167 For example looking up the word forms
32175 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32180 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32181 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32193 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32194 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32195 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32198 \begin_layout Section
32200 \begin_inset Index idx
32203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32210 \begin_inset Index idx
32213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32214 Document ! Change Tracking
32220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32222 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32229 \begin_layout Standard
32230 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32231 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32232 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32233 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32235 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32237 \begin_inset space ~
32240 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32242 \begin_inset space ~
32250 \begin_layout Standard
32251 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32265 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32266 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32269 \begin_inset space ~
32273 \begin_inset space ~
32283 \begin_inset Index idx
32286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32287 Color ! Change tracking
32292 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32293 the cursor is in changed text.
32294 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32297 arg "changes-merge"
32303 \begin_layout Standard
32304 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32305 \begin_inset Index idx
32308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32317 \begin_layout Standard
32318 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32324 \begin_layout Standard
32325 \begin_inset Graphics
32326 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32334 \begin_layout Standard
32335 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32341 \begin_layout Standard
32342 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32346 \begin_layout Standard
32347 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32353 \begin_layout Standard
32354 \begin_inset Tabular
32355 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32356 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32357 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32358 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32359 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32368 arg "changes-track"
32376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32382 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32384 \begin_inset space ~
32387 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32389 \begin_inset space ~
32398 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32407 arg "changes-output"
32415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32421 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32423 \begin_inset space ~
32426 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32428 \begin_inset space ~
32432 \begin_inset space ~
32436 \begin_inset space ~
32445 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32466 Jumps to the next change
32472 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32481 arg "change-accept"
32489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32495 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32497 \begin_inset space ~
32500 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32502 \begin_inset space ~
32511 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32520 arg "change-reject"
32528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32534 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32536 \begin_inset space ~
32539 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32541 \begin_inset space ~
32550 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32559 arg "changes-merge"
32567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32573 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32575 \begin_inset space ~
32578 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32580 \begin_inset space ~
32589 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32598 arg "all-changes-accept"
32606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32612 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32614 \begin_inset space ~
32617 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32619 \begin_inset space ~
32623 \begin_inset space ~
32632 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32641 arg "all-changes-reject"
32649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32655 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32657 \begin_inset space ~
32660 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32662 \begin_inset space ~
32666 \begin_inset space ~
32675 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32698 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32699 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32701 \begin_inset space ~
32710 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32733 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32735 \begin_inset space ~
32751 \begin_layout Standard
32752 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32758 \begin_layout Standard
32759 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32760 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32761 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32762 the next change after the current cursor position.
32763 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32764 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32765 step to the next change.
32766 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32769 \begin_layout Standard
32770 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32771 to describe a change.
32774 \begin_layout Standard
32775 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32780 \begin_inset Index idx
32783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32784 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32790 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32791 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32797 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32800 \begin_layout Section
32801 Comparison of Documents
32802 \begin_inset Index idx
32805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32806 Comparison of documents
32814 \begin_layout Standard
32815 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32817 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32821 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32823 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
32826 \begin_inset space ~
32830 \begin_inset space ~
32834 \begin_inset space ~
32839 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the resulting
32844 \begin_inset space ~
32848 \begin_inset space ~
32852 \begin_inset space ~
32856 \begin_inset space ~
32860 \begin_inset space ~
32864 \begin_inset space ~
32869 enables the change tracking option
32872 \begin_inset space ~
32876 \begin_inset space ~
32880 \begin_inset space ~
32885 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32888 \begin_layout Section
32889 International Support
32890 \begin_inset Index idx
32893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32894 International support
32902 \begin_layout Standard
32903 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32904 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32905 how to set up LyX to use them:
32906 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32908 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32915 \begin_layout Standard
32916 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32917 \begin_inset space ~
32921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32923 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32930 \begin_layout Subsection
32932 \begin_inset Index idx
32935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32942 \begin_inset Index idx
32945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32946 Document ! Settings
32952 \begin_inset Index idx
32955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32956 Document ! Language
32964 \begin_layout Standard
32967 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32970 dialog lets you set
32972 the language and character encoding for your language.
32976 \begin_layout Standard
32977 Choose your language in the
32981 section of this dialog.
32989 \begin_layout Standard
32994 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
32999 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33000 For details about the different encoding options see section
33001 \begin_inset space ~
33005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33007 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
33014 \begin_layout Subsection
33015 Keyboard mapping configuration
33016 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33018 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33025 \begin_layout Standard
33026 If you have for example a U.
33027 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33030 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33031 can use an alternate keymap.
33032 For example, if you have a U.
33033 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33036 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33037 use an Italian keymap.
33038 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33040 \begin_inset space ~
33044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33046 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33051 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33052 which one you want to use.
33055 \begin_layout Standard
33056 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33057 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33058 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33059 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33060 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33061 one to support the characters you want.
33062 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33069 \begin_layout Subsection
33073 \begin_layout Standard
33075 \begin_inset space ~
33079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33081 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
33090 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33094 \begin_layout Standard
33095 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33096 Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
33104 \begin_layout Itemize
33105 Even if you have selected
33111 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33114 dialog, users who have only the
33118 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33122 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33123 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33124 french quotes will not show up.
33127 \begin_layout Standard
33128 \begin_inset Float table
33133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33134 \begin_inset Caption
33136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33137 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33139 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
33155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33157 \begin_inset Tabular
33158 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33159 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33160 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33161 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33162 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33163 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33164 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33165 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33166 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33167 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33168 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33169 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33170 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33171 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33172 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33173 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33174 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33175 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33176 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37589 \begin_layout Standard
37590 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37592 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37593 also the characters from
37605 \begin_layout Itemize
37614 \begin_layout Standard
37615 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37616 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37622 \begin_layout Standard
37623 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37624 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37630 \begin_layout Standard
37631 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37632 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37638 \begin_layout Standard
37639 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37640 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37646 \begin_layout Standard
37648 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37654 \begin_layout Standard
37656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37662 \begin_layout Standard
37664 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37671 \begin_layout Itemize
37684 \begin_layout Standard
37686 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37692 \begin_layout Standard
37694 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37700 \begin_layout Standard
37702 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37708 \begin_layout Standard
37710 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37716 \begin_layout Standard
37718 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37724 \begin_layout Standard
37726 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37733 \begin_layout Standard
37734 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37735 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37736 Also make sure you're using the
37743 \begin_layout Chapter
37746 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37748 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37755 \begin_layout Standard
37756 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37757 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37758 topic inside the user's guide.
37761 \begin_layout Section
37763 \begin_inset Index idx
37766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37775 \begin_layout Standard
37780 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37783 \begin_layout Subsection
37787 \begin_layout Standard
37788 Creates a new document.
37791 \begin_layout Subsection
37795 \begin_layout Standard
37796 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37797 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37798 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37801 \begin_layout Subsection
37805 \begin_layout Standard
37809 \begin_layout Subsection
37813 \begin_layout Standard
37814 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37815 Click there on a file to open it.
37818 \begin_layout Subsection
37822 \begin_layout Standard
37823 Closes the current document.
37826 \begin_layout Subsection
37830 \begin_layout Standard
37831 Closes all opened documents.
37834 \begin_layout Subsection
37838 \begin_layout Standard
37839 Saves the actual document.
37842 \begin_layout Subsection
37846 \begin_layout Standard
37847 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37850 \begin_layout Subsection
37854 \begin_layout Standard
37855 Saves all opened documents.
37858 \begin_layout Subsection
37862 \begin_layout Standard
37863 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37866 \begin_layout Subsection
37870 \begin_layout Standard
37871 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37872 It is described in the section
37874 Version Control in LyX
37878 Additional Features
37883 \begin_layout Subsection
37887 \begin_layout Standard
37888 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37889 NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
37891 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
37894 \begin_layout Standard
37895 When using the menu entry
37898 \begin_inset space ~
37903 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37907 \begin_inset space ~
37911 \begin_inset space ~
37916 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37917 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37920 \begin_layout Subsection
37922 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37931 \begin_layout Standard
37932 You can export your document to various file formats.
37933 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37934 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37935 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37938 \begin_layout Standard
37939 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37941 \begin_inset space ~
37945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37947 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37954 \begin_layout Description
37960 \begin_inset space ~
37967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37974 yX format of the special LyX
37975 \begin_inset space ~
37978 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
37979 \begin_inset Newline newline
37982 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37985 \begin_layout Description
37986 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
37992 \begin_layout Description
37994 \begin_inset space ~
37997 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
38003 \begin_layout Description
38004 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
38005 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
38006 files paths or file names in your document.
38007 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
38014 \begin_layout Description
38015 DVI DVI-format that also allows to use special characters or spaces in files
38016 paths or file names
38019 \begin_layout Description
38021 \begin_inset space ~
38028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38035 eX) DVI-format using the program
38039 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
38042 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38050 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
38058 \begin_layout Description
38060 \begin_inset space ~
38063 Dot text file with code in the programming language
38067 that is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
38072 \begin_layout Description
38073 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38077 \begin_layout Description
38079 \begin_inset space ~
38083 \begin_inset space ~
38086 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38090 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38098 \begin_layout Description
38105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38113 \begin_inset space ~
38124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38137 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
38142 \begin_layout Description
38149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38157 \begin_inset space ~
38162 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38163 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38167 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38170 \begin_layout Description
38177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38185 \begin_inset space ~
38190 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38191 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38199 \begin_layout Description
38206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38214 \begin_inset space ~
38225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38238 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
38243 \begin_layout Description
38245 \begin_inset space ~
38249 \begin_inset space ~
38258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38267 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
38268 music notation software
38273 \begin_layout Description
38280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38290 \begin_inset space ~
38294 \begin_inset space ~
38297 (zip) creates a zip-archive file that contains your document and all files
38298 that are necessary to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files,
38302 \begin_layout Description
38309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38319 \begin_inset space ~
38322 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38338 represent the version number)
38341 \begin_layout Description
38348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38357 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38360 \begin_layout Description
38361 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38366 \begin_layout Description
38367 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38369 LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
38372 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38376 \begin_layout Description
38380 \begin_inset space ~
38385 PDF-format using the program
38389 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38392 \begin_layout Description
38396 \begin_inset space ~
38403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38412 PDF-format using the program
38416 , produces PDF-files directly
38419 \begin_layout Description
38423 \begin_inset space ~
38428 PDF-format using the program
38432 , produces PDF-files directly
38435 \begin_layout Description
38439 \begin_inset space ~
38444 PDF-format using the program
38448 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38451 \begin_layout Description
38455 \begin_inset space ~
38462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38471 PDF-format using the program
38475 , produces PDF-files directly
38478 \begin_layout Description
38482 \begin_inset space ~
38490 \begin_layout Description
38494 \begin_inset space ~
38498 \begin_inset space ~
38503 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38504 and then exported as text using the program
38509 \begin_layout Description
38514 PostScript format using the program
38519 \begin_layout Description
38520 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38521 programming language
38534 it is possible to use
38541 \begin_layout Standard
38542 If one of the menu entries
38549 \begin_inset space ~
38558 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38559 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38560 \begin_inset space ~
38564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38566 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38571 \begin_inset Index idx
38574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38575 Reconfiguration of LyX
38583 \begin_layout Subsection
38587 \begin_layout Standard
38588 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38589 format or send it to a printer.
38590 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38591 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38597 For more information have a look at section
38598 \begin_inset space ~
38602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38604 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38611 \begin_layout Subsection
38615 \begin_layout Standard
38616 This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
38617 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38618 prefix, see section
38619 \begin_inset space ~
38623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38625 reference "sec:Paths"
38630 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38639 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38640 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38641 \begin_inset space ~
38645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38647 reference "sub:Converters"
38654 \begin_layout Subsection
38655 New and Close Window
38658 \begin_layout Standard
38659 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38662 \begin_layout Subsection
38666 \begin_layout Standard
38667 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38670 \begin_layout Section
38672 \begin_inset Index idx
38675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38684 \begin_layout Subsection
38688 \begin_layout Standard
38689 Described in section
38690 \begin_inset space ~
38694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38696 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38703 \begin_layout Subsection
38704 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38707 \begin_layout Standard
38708 Described in section
38709 \begin_inset space ~
38713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38715 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38722 \begin_layout Subsection
38726 \begin_layout Standard
38727 Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
38728 Is the cursor outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
38731 \begin_layout Subsection
38735 \begin_layout Standard
38736 Selects the whole document.
38739 \begin_layout Subsection
38740 Find & Replace (Quick)
38743 \begin_layout Standard
38744 Described in section
38745 \begin_inset space ~
38749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38751 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38758 \begin_layout Subsection
38759 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38762 \begin_layout Standard
38763 Described in section
38764 \begin_inset space ~
38768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38770 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38777 \begin_layout Subsection
38778 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38781 \begin_layout Standard
38782 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38786 \begin_layout Subsection
38790 \begin_layout Standard
38791 Described in section
38792 \begin_inset space ~
38796 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38798 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38805 \begin_layout Subsection
38807 \begin_inset Index idx
38810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38811 Paragraph ! Settings
38819 \begin_layout Standard
38820 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38821 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38824 \begin_layout Standard
38825 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38826 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38828 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38834 \begin_inset space ~
38842 \begin_layout Subsection
38843 Table Settings and Math
38846 \begin_layout Standard
38847 These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
38849 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38850 The properties of tables are described in section
38851 \begin_inset space ~
38855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38857 reference "sec:Tables"
38861 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38862 \begin_inset space ~
38866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38868 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38875 \begin_layout Subsection
38876 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38879 \begin_layout Standard
38880 These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
38882 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38883 \begin_inset space ~
38887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38889 reference "sec:Nesting"
38894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38896 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38903 \begin_layout Section
38905 \begin_inset Index idx
38908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38917 \begin_layout Standard
38918 At the bottom of the
38922 menu the opened documents are listed.
38925 \begin_layout Subsection
38926 Open/Close all Insets
38929 \begin_layout Standard
38930 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38933 \begin_layout Subsection
38934 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38937 \begin_layout Standard
38938 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38941 \begin_layout Standard
38942 Math macros are described in the
38949 \begin_layout Subsection
38953 \begin_layout Standard
38954 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38956 \begin_inset space ~
38960 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38962 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38969 \begin_layout Subsection
38973 \begin_layout Standard
38974 Opens a window showing console messages.
38975 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38976 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38979 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38980 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38983 \begin_layout Subsection
38987 \begin_layout Standard
38988 This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
38989 default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
38990 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38996 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39000 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39001 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39007 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39011 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
39012 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39013 \begin_inset space ~
39017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39019 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39024 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39025 The default output format is
39028 \begin_inset space ~
39036 \begin_layout Subsection
39037 View (Other Formats)
39040 \begin_layout Standard
39041 With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39042 The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
39043 actual document with an external program.
39044 The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
39045 the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
39046 All possible formats are listed in section
39047 \begin_inset space ~
39051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39053 reference "sub:Export"
39058 You should at least see the menu entry
39063 If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
39064 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
39065 \begin_inset space ~
39069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39071 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39076 \begin_inset Index idx
39079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39080 Reconfiguration of LyX
39088 \begin_layout Standard
39089 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
39090 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39091 \begin_inset space ~
39095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39097 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39102 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39105 \begin_layout Subsection
39109 \begin_layout Standard
39110 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39111 the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
39114 \begin_layout Subsection
39115 Update (Other Formats)
39118 \begin_layout Standard
39119 With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
39120 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39123 \begin_layout Subsection
39124 View Master Document
39127 \begin_layout Standard
39128 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39144 \begin_inset space ~
39149 manual for more information on this topic).
39150 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39151 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39156 generates the output of the whole book, while
39160 will just output the chapter alone.
39163 \begin_layout Standard
39164 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39165 in the preferences (see sec.
39166 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39172 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39176 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39177 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39183 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39190 \begin_layout Subsection
39191 Update Master Document
39194 \begin_layout Standard
39195 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39211 \begin_inset space ~
39216 manual for more information on this topic).
39217 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39218 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39221 \begin_layout Standard
39222 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39223 in the preferences (see sec.
39224 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39230 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39234 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39241 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39248 \begin_layout Subsection
39252 \begin_layout Standard
39253 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39254 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
39255 view the same document, but at different positions.
39256 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39257 or more documents at the same time.
39258 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39265 \begin_layout Subsection
39269 \begin_layout Standard
39270 Closes a split view.
39273 \begin_layout Subsection
39277 \begin_layout Standard
39278 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39279 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39280 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39281 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39282 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39285 \begin_layout Subsection
39287 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39289 name "sub:Toolbars"
39294 \begin_inset Index idx
39297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39306 \begin_layout Standard
39307 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39308 All toolbars and the
39311 \begin_inset space ~
39316 can be turned on and off.
39321 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39333 \begin_inset space ~
39341 \begin_inset space ~
39350 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39354 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39361 \begin_layout Standard
39366 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39370 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39371 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39372 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
39373 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
39374 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39377 \begin_layout Standard
39378 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39379 \begin_inset space ~
39383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39385 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39392 \begin_layout Section
39394 \begin_inset Index idx
39397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39406 \begin_layout Subsection
39410 \begin_layout Standard
39411 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39412 \begin_inset space ~
39416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39418 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39429 \begin_layout Subsection
39431 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39433 name "sub:Special-Character"
39440 \begin_layout Standard
39441 Here you can insert the following characters:
39444 \begin_layout Description
39445 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39446 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39447 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39448 \begin_inset Newline newline
39452 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39460 Not all characters will be visible in the
39464 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39472 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39476 ) can display every character.
39484 \begin_layout Description
39485 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39489 \begin_layout Description
39491 \begin_inset space ~
39495 \begin_inset space ~
39498 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39499 \begin_inset space ~
39503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39505 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39512 \begin_layout Description
39514 \begin_inset space ~
39517 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39520 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39530 \begin_layout Description
39532 \begin_inset space ~
39535 Quote Inserts this quote:
39536 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39542 \begin_layout Description
39544 \begin_inset space ~
39547 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39551 \begin_layout Description
39553 \begin_inset space ~
39556 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39560 \begin_layout Description
39562 \begin_inset space ~
39565 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39569 \begin_layout Description
39571 \begin_inset space ~
39575 \begin_inset Index idx
39578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39585 \begin_inset Index idx
39588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39589 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39594 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39595 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39596 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39601 \begin_inset Index idx
39604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39605 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39611 \begin_inset Newline newline
39614 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
39618 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39626 and this Wiki-page:
39627 \begin_inset Newline newline
39631 \begin_inset Flex URL
39634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39636 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39644 \begin_layout Subsection
39648 \begin_layout Standard
39649 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39652 \begin_layout Description
39653 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39654 \begin_inset script superscript
39656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39665 \begin_layout Description
39666 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39667 \begin_inset script subscript
39669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39678 \begin_layout Description
39680 \begin_inset space ~
39683 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39684 \begin_inset space ~
39688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39690 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39697 \begin_layout Description
39699 \begin_inset space ~
39702 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39703 \begin_inset space ~
39707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39709 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39716 \begin_layout Description
39718 \begin_inset space ~
39721 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39722 \begin_inset space ~
39726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39728 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39735 \begin_layout Description
39737 \begin_inset space ~
39740 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39741 \begin_inset space ~
39745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39747 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39754 \begin_layout Description
39756 \begin_inset space ~
39759 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39760 \begin_inset space ~
39764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39766 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39773 \begin_layout Description
39775 \begin_inset space ~
39778 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39779 \begin_inset space ~
39783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39785 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39792 \begin_layout Description
39793 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39794 \begin_inset space ~
39798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39800 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39807 \begin_layout Description
39809 \begin_inset space ~
39812 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39813 \begin_inset space ~
39817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39819 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39826 \begin_layout Description
39828 \begin_inset space ~
39831 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39832 \begin_inset space ~
39836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39838 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39845 \begin_layout Description
39847 \begin_inset space ~
39851 \begin_inset space ~
39854 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39855 \begin_inset space ~
39859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39861 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39868 \begin_layout Description
39870 \begin_inset space ~
39873 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39874 text line to the page border, see section
39875 \begin_inset space ~
39879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39881 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39888 \begin_layout Description
39890 \begin_inset space ~
39893 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39894 \begin_inset space ~
39898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39900 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39907 \begin_layout Description
39909 \begin_inset space ~
39912 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39913 text page to the page border, described in section
39914 \begin_inset space ~
39918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39920 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39927 \begin_layout Description
39929 \begin_inset space ~
39932 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39933 \begin_inset space ~
39937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39939 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39946 \begin_layout Description
39948 \begin_inset space ~
39952 \begin_inset space ~
39955 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39956 \begin_inset space ~
39960 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39962 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39969 \begin_layout Subsection
39973 \begin_layout Standard
39974 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39975 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
39977 \begin_inset space ~
39981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39983 reference "sec:toc"
39988 The index list is described in section
39989 \begin_inset space ~
39993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39995 reference "sec:Index"
39999 , the nomenclature in section
40000 \begin_inset space ~
40004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40006 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40010 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
40011 \begin_inset space ~
40015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40017 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40024 \begin_layout Subsection
40028 \begin_layout Standard
40029 To insert floats, described in section
40030 \begin_inset space ~
40034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40036 reference "sec:Floats"
40043 \begin_layout Subsection
40047 \begin_layout Standard
40048 To insert notes, described in section
40049 \begin_inset space ~
40053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40055 reference "sec:Notes"
40062 \begin_layout Subsection
40066 \begin_layout Standard
40067 Inserts branch insets as described in section
40068 \begin_inset space ~
40072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40074 reference "sec:Branches"
40081 \begin_layout Subsection
40085 \begin_layout Standard
40086 Inserts document class-specific insets.
40087 Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
40089 An example is the document class
40090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40097 with three custom insets.
40100 Flex insets and InsetLayout
40106 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40109 \begin_layout Subsection
40111 \begin_inset Index idx
40114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40123 \begin_layout Standard
40124 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
40125 files in your document.
40126 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40133 \begin_inset space ~
40141 \begin_layout Subsection
40143 \begin_inset Index idx
40146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40155 \begin_layout Standard
40156 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40157 \begin_inset space ~
40161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40163 reference "sec:Minipages"
40168 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40175 \begin_inset space ~
40183 \begin_layout Subsection
40187 \begin_layout Standard
40188 Inserts a citation as described in section
40189 \begin_inset space ~
40193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40195 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40202 \begin_layout Subsection
40206 \begin_layout Standard
40207 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40208 \begin_inset space ~
40212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40214 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40221 \begin_layout Subsection
40225 \begin_layout Standard
40226 Inserts a label as described in section
40227 \begin_inset space ~
40231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40233 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40240 \begin_layout Subsection
40242 \begin_inset Index idx
40245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40252 \begin_inset Index idx
40255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40256 Longtables ! Caption
40264 \begin_layout Standard
40265 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40266 Floats are described in section
40267 \begin_inset space ~
40271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40273 reference "sec:Floats"
40277 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40284 \begin_inset space ~
40292 \begin_layout Subsection
40296 \begin_layout Standard
40297 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40298 \begin_inset space ~
40302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40304 reference "sec:Index"
40311 \begin_layout Subsection
40315 \begin_layout Standard
40316 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40317 \begin_inset space ~
40321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40323 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40330 \begin_layout Subsection
40334 \begin_layout Standard
40336 Tables are described in section
40337 \begin_inset space ~
40341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40343 reference "sec:Tables"
40350 \begin_layout Subsection
40354 \begin_layout Standard
40356 Graphics are described in section
40357 \begin_inset space ~
40361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40363 reference "sec:Graphics"
40370 \begin_layout Subsection
40374 \begin_layout Standard
40375 Inserts an URL as described in section
40376 \begin_inset space ~
40380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40382 reference "sub:URLs"
40389 \begin_layout Subsection
40393 \begin_layout Standard
40394 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40395 \begin_inset space ~
40399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40401 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40408 \begin_layout Subsection
40412 \begin_layout Standard
40413 Inserts a footnote, see section
40414 \begin_inset space ~
40418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40420 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40427 \begin_layout Subsection
40431 \begin_layout Standard
40432 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40433 \begin_inset space ~
40437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40439 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40446 \begin_layout Subsection
40450 \begin_layout Standard
40451 Inserts a short title, see section
40452 \begin_inset space ~
40456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40458 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40465 \begin_layout Subsection
40469 \begin_layout Standard
40470 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40471 \begin_inset space ~
40475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40477 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40484 \begin_layout Subsection
40486 \begin_inset Index idx
40489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40498 \begin_layout Standard
40499 Inserts a program listings box.
40500 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40502 Program Code Listings
40507 \begin_inset space ~
40515 \begin_layout Subsection
40519 \begin_layout Standard
40520 Inserts the actual date.
40521 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40523 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40531 \begin_inset space ~
40539 \begin_layout Subsection
40543 \begin_layout Standard
40544 Inserts a preview inset, see section
40545 \begin_inset space ~
40549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40551 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40558 \begin_layout Section
40560 \begin_inset Index idx
40563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40572 \begin_layout Standard
40573 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40574 \begin_inset space ~
40577 of the current document.
40578 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
40581 \begin_layout Subsection
40585 \begin_layout Standard
40586 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40587 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40589 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40593 \begin_inset space \space{}
40597 \begin_inset space ~
40601 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40602 \begin_inset space ~
40605 2.5 and use the submenu
40608 \begin_inset space ~
40612 \begin_inset space ~
40619 \begin_inset space ~
40625 \begin_inset space ~
40629 \begin_inset space ~
40635 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40639 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40645 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40651 \begin_layout Standard
40652 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40653 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40656 \begin_layout Subsection
40657 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40660 \begin_layout Standard
40661 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40665 \begin_layout Subsection
40669 \begin_layout Standard
40670 Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40671 Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
40672 (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
40676 \begin_inset space ~
40680 \begin_inset space ~
40688 \begin_layout Subsection
40692 \begin_layout Standard
40693 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40694 in the output, see section
40697 \begin_inset space ~
40705 \begin_inset space ~
40710 manual for a detailed description.
40713 \begin_layout Section
40715 \begin_inset Index idx
40718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40727 \begin_layout Subsection
40731 \begin_layout Standard
40732 Change Tracking is described in section
40733 \begin_inset space ~
40737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40739 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40746 \begin_layout Subsection
40751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40761 \begin_layout Standard
40762 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40764 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40767 \begin_layout Standard
40768 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40773 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40776 \begin_layout Subsection
40780 \begin_layout Standard
40781 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40782 \begin_inset space ~
40786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40788 reference "sec:Navigating"
40793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40795 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40802 \begin_layout Subsection
40803 Start Appendix Here
40806 \begin_layout Standard
40807 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40808 position as described in section
40809 \begin_inset space ~
40813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40815 reference "sec:Appendices"
40822 \begin_layout Subsection
40826 \begin_layout Standard
40827 Un/compresses the current document.
40830 \begin_layout Subsection
40834 \begin_layout Standard
40835 The document settings are described in appendix
40836 \begin_inset space ~
40840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40842 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40849 \begin_layout Section
40851 \begin_inset Index idx
40854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40863 \begin_layout Subsection
40867 \begin_layout Standard
40868 Spell checking is explained in section
40869 \begin_inset space ~
40873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40875 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40882 \begin_layout Subsection
40886 \begin_layout Standard
40887 The thesaurus is described in section
40888 \begin_inset space ~
40892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40894 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40901 \begin_layout Subsection
40903 \begin_inset Index idx
40906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40913 \begin_inset Index idx
40916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40925 \begin_layout Standard
40926 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40930 \begin_layout Subsection
40932 \begin_inset Index idx
40935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40944 \begin_layout Standard
40945 Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
40949 \begin_layout Subsection
40951 \begin_inset Index idx
40954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40955 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40966 Reconfiguration of LyX
40970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40983 \begin_inset Index idx
40986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40987 Reconfiguration of LyX
40995 \begin_layout Standard
40996 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
40997 and programs it needs; see also section
40998 \begin_inset space ~
41002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41004 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
41011 \begin_layout Subsection
41015 \begin_layout Standard
41016 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
41017 \begin_inset space ~
41021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41023 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
41030 \begin_layout Section
41032 \begin_inset Index idx
41035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41044 \begin_layout Standard
41045 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
41047 Is a file not available in this language, the English version will be listed.
41050 \begin_layout Standard
41054 \begin_inset space ~
41059 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
41060 found by LyX (see also section
41061 \begin_inset space ~
41065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41067 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
41074 \begin_layout Section
41076 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41078 name "sec:Toolbars"
41085 \begin_layout Standard
41086 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
41087 \begin_inset space ~
41091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41093 reference "sub:Toolbars"
41100 \begin_layout Standard
41101 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
41102 This is described in the
41104 Additional Features
41109 \begin_layout Subsection
41111 \begin_inset Index idx
41114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41123 \begin_layout Standard
41124 \begin_inset Graphics
41125 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
41133 \begin_layout Standard
41134 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41140 \begin_layout Standard
41141 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41158 \begin_inset Note Note
41161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41162 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
41167 manual for more information.
41175 \begin_layout Standard
41176 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41182 \begin_layout Standard
41183 \begin_inset Tabular
41184 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
41185 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41186 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41187 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41193 \begin_inset Graphics
41194 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41208 pull-down box for the environments
41221 \begin_layout Standard
41222 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41228 \begin_layout Standard
41230 \begin_inset Tabular
41231 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41232 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41233 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41234 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41235 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41258 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41265 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41288 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41295 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41318 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41325 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41334 arg "dialog-show print"
41342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41348 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41355 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41364 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41378 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41385 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41408 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41415 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41438 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41445 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41468 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41475 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41498 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41505 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41528 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41535 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41544 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41558 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41560 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41564 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41573 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41582 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41596 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41597 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41604 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41625 Emphasize text, function of the
41627 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41629 \begin_inset space ~
41640 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41661 Set text to noun style, function of the
41663 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41665 \begin_inset space ~
41676 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41685 arg "textstyle-apply"
41693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41697 Formats text using the current settings in the
41699 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41701 \begin_inset space ~
41712 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41735 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41736 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41738 \begin_inset space ~
41747 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41756 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41770 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41777 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41784 arg "tabular-insert"
41792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41798 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41805 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41814 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41826 Toggle outline window on/off,
41828 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41835 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41844 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41856 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41862 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41871 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41883 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41896 \begin_layout Subsection
41898 \begin_inset Index idx
41901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41910 \begin_layout Standard
41911 \begin_inset Graphics
41912 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41920 \begin_layout Standard
41921 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41927 \begin_layout Standard
41928 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41932 \begin_layout Standard
41933 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41939 \begin_layout Standard
41940 \begin_inset Tabular
41941 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41942 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41943 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41944 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41945 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41972 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41981 arg "layout Enumerate"
41989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41999 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42008 arg "layout Itemize"
42016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42026 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42053 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42062 arg "layout Description"
42070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42080 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42089 arg "depth-increment"
42097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42103 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42105 \begin_inset space ~
42109 \begin_inset space ~
42118 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42127 arg "depth-decrement"
42135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42141 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42143 \begin_inset space ~
42147 \begin_inset space ~
42156 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42165 arg "float-insert figure"
42173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42179 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42180 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42187 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42196 arg "float-insert table"
42204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42210 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42211 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42218 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42241 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42248 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42257 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42271 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42278 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42287 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42301 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42308 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42331 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42333 \begin_inset space ~
42342 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42351 arg "nomencl-insert"
42359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42365 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42367 \begin_inset space ~
42376 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42385 arg "footnote-insert"
42393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42399 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42406 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42415 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42429 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42431 \begin_inset space ~
42440 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42463 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42464 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42466 \begin_inset space ~
42475 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42484 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42498 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42505 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42528 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42535 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42558 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42575 \begin_inset space ~
42584 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42593 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42607 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42608 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42615 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42624 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42638 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42639 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42641 \begin_inset space ~
42650 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42659 arg "dialog-show character"
42667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42673 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42675 \begin_inset space ~
42684 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42693 arg "layout-paragraph"
42701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42707 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42709 \begin_inset space ~
42718 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42727 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42741 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42755 \begin_layout Subsection
42756 View / Update Toolbar
42757 \begin_inset Index idx
42760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42761 Toolbar ! View / Update
42769 \begin_layout Standard
42770 \begin_inset Graphics
42771 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42778 \begin_layout Standard
42779 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42785 \begin_layout Standard
42786 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42790 \begin_layout Standard
42791 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42797 \begin_layout Standard
42798 \begin_inset Tabular
42799 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42800 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42801 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42802 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42803 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42826 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42833 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42842 arg "buffer-update"
42850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42856 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42863 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42872 arg "master-buffer-view"
42880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42886 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42893 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42902 arg "master-buffer-update"
42910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42916 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42918 \begin_inset space ~
42927 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42936 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42950 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42951 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42952 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42953 Synchronize with Output
42959 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42964 \begin_inset Graphics
42965 filename ../images/view-others.png
42967 groupId toolbarbuttons
42978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42984 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42985 View (Other Formats)
42991 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42996 \begin_inset Graphics
42997 filename ../images/update-others.png
42999 groupId toolbarbuttons
43008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43014 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43015 Update (Other Formats)
43028 \begin_layout Standard
43029 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
43033 \begin_layout Subsection
43037 \begin_layout Standard
43038 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
43039 \begin_inset space ~
43043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43045 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43049 , the table toolbar
43050 \begin_inset Index idx
43053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43062 \begin_inset space ~
43067 manual, the math macro toolbar
43068 \begin_inset Index idx
43071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43084 \begin_layout Chapter
43085 The Document Settings
43086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43088 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
43093 \begin_inset Index idx
43096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43097 Document ! Settings
43105 \begin_layout Standard
43106 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
43107 whole document and is called with the menu
43109 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43113 You can save your document settings as default with the
43115 Save as Document Defaults
43117 button in the dialog.
43118 This will create a template named
43122 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
43126 \begin_layout Standard
43131 resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
43132 This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
43135 \begin_layout Standard
43136 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
43139 \begin_layout Section
43143 \begin_layout Standard
43144 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
43146 Document classes are described in section
43147 \begin_inset space ~
43151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43153 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
43161 \begin_layout Standard
43165 \begin_inset space ~
43170 you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
43174 folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
43175 For more about layout-files, see the chapter
43177 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
43186 \begin_layout Standard
43187 Some classes use special class options by default.
43188 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
43192 and you can decide to use them or not.
43193 If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
43194 recommended to use them untouched.
43199 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
43204 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
43205 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
43210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43211 When you want to use one of the following drivers
43212 \begin_inset Newline newline
43217 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
43220 \begin_inset Newline newline
43223 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
43229 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43231 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43243 \begin_layout Standard
43244 Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
43246 The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
43247 document is opened without its master.
43248 This way child documents are always compilable.
43249 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43256 \begin_inset space ~
43264 \begin_layout Standard
43265 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
43275 \begin_inset Index idx
43278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43279 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
43285 \begin_inset Index idx
43288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43289 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
43294 for cross-references, see sec.
43295 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43301 reference "sec:Cross-References"
43308 \begin_layout Section
43312 \begin_layout Standard
43313 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43314 Please refer to the section
43317 \begin_inset space ~
43325 \begin_inset space ~
43330 manual for details.
43333 \begin_layout Section
43337 \begin_layout Standard
43338 Modules are explained in section
43339 \begin_inset space ~
43343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43345 reference "sub:Modules"
43352 \begin_layout Section
43356 \begin_layout Standard
43358 \begin_inset space ~
43362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43364 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
43371 \begin_layout Section
43375 \begin_layout Standard
43376 The document font settings are described in section
43377 \begin_inset space ~
43381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43383 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43390 \begin_layout Section
43394 \begin_layout Standard
43395 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43397 The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
43400 \begin_layout Standard
43401 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43402 That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
43404 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43407 \begin_layout Section
43411 \begin_layout Standard
43412 A description of this menu is given in section
43413 \begin_inset space ~
43417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43419 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43426 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43433 \begin_layout Section
43437 \begin_layout Standard
43438 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43439 \begin_inset space ~
43443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43445 reference "sub:Margins"
43452 \begin_layout Section
43454 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43456 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43461 \begin_inset Index idx
43464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43465 Language ! Encoding
43473 \begin_layout Standard
43474 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43475 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43476 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43477 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43478 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43479 known for a particular character).
43483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43484 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43489 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43494 manual for details.
43502 \begin_layout Standard
43503 If you use the option
43507 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43508 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43509 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43510 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43511 exactly one encoding.
43512 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43515 \begin_layout Standard
43516 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43517 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43518 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
43519 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43520 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43521 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43526 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43527 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43528 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43529 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43530 engines to standard LaTeX.
43531 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43532 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43535 \begin_inset space ~
43542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43554 \begin_inset space ~
43561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43573 \begin_inset space ~
43579 \begin_inset space ~
43583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43585 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43590 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43594 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43597 \begin_layout Standard
43601 \begin_inset space ~
43606 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43616 The possible settings are:
43619 \begin_layout Description
43620 Default uses the language package that is selected in
43622 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43623 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43627 \begin_inset space ~
43631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43633 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43640 \begin_layout Description
43641 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43642 format you will use.
43643 In many cases this will be
43648 \begin_inset Index idx
43651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43652 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43658 If the newer package
43663 \begin_inset Index idx
43666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43667 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43672 is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
43673 this package will be used instead of
43680 \begin_layout Description
43682 \begin_inset space ~
43693 would be more appropriate.
43696 \begin_layout Description
43697 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43698 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43702 (for German texts), type in
43705 \begin_inset Newline newline
43710 usepackage{ngerman}
43713 \begin_layout Description
43714 None will not use a language package.
43715 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43718 \begin_layout Standard
43719 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43722 \begin_layout Description
43724 \begin_inset space ~
43728 \begin_inset space ~
43732 \begin_inset space ~
43739 , but the LaTeX-package
43744 \begin_inset Index idx
43747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43748 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43754 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43755 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43756 languages in TeX code.
43759 \begin_layout Description
43760 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43761 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43762 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43765 \begin_layout Description
43767 \begin_inset space ~
43771 \begin_inset space ~
43774 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43777 \begin_layout Description
43779 \begin_inset space ~
43783 \begin_inset space ~
43786 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43789 \begin_layout Description
43791 \begin_inset space ~
43794 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43797 \begin_layout Description
43799 \begin_inset space ~
43803 \begin_inset space ~
43806 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43807 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43810 \begin_layout Description
43812 \begin_inset space ~
43816 \begin_inset space ~
43819 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43823 \begin_layout Description
43825 \begin_inset space ~
43829 \begin_inset space ~
43832 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43833 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43836 \begin_layout Description
43838 \begin_inset space ~
43842 \begin_inset space ~
43846 \begin_inset space ~
43849 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43850 \begin_inset space ~
43856 \begin_layout Description
43858 \begin_inset space ~
43862 \begin_inset space ~
43866 \begin_inset space ~
43869 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43870 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43873 \begin_layout Description
43875 \begin_inset space ~
43879 \begin_inset space ~
43882 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43883 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43884 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43885 \begin_inset space ~
43889 \begin_inset space ~
43895 \begin_layout Description
43897 \begin_inset space ~
43901 \begin_inset space ~
43904 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43905 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43906 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43907 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43908 \begin_inset space ~
43912 \begin_inset space ~
43918 \begin_layout Description
43920 \begin_inset space ~
43924 \begin_inset space ~
43927 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43930 \begin_layout Description
43932 \begin_inset space ~
43936 \begin_inset space ~
43939 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43942 \begin_layout Description
43944 \begin_inset space ~
43948 \begin_inset space ~
43951 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43954 \begin_layout Description
43956 \begin_inset space ~
43959 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
43962 \begin_layout Description
43964 \begin_inset space ~
43967 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
43970 \begin_layout Description
43972 \begin_inset space ~
43976 \begin_inset space ~
43979 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
43982 \begin_layout Description
43984 \begin_inset space ~
43988 \begin_inset space ~
43994 \begin_layout Description
43996 \begin_inset space ~
44000 \begin_inset space ~
44003 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
44006 \begin_layout Description
44008 \begin_inset space ~
44012 \begin_inset space ~
44018 \begin_layout Description
44020 \begin_inset space ~
44024 \begin_inset space ~
44027 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44032 \begin_inset Index idx
44035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44036 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44041 , when using this, set the document language to
44046 \begin_layout Description
44048 \begin_inset space ~
44052 \begin_inset space ~
44055 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44059 , when using this, set the document language to
44062 \begin_inset space ~
44068 \begin_layout Description
44070 \begin_inset space ~
44074 \begin_inset space ~
44077 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44082 \begin_inset Index idx
44085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44086 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
44091 , when using this, set the document language to
44096 \begin_layout Description
44098 \begin_inset space ~
44102 \begin_inset space ~
44105 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44109 , when using this, set the document language to
44114 \begin_layout Description
44116 \begin_inset space ~
44120 \begin_inset space ~
44123 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44127 , when using this, set the document language to
44132 \begin_layout Description
44134 \begin_inset space ~
44137 (EUC-KR) for Korean
44140 \begin_layout Description
44142 \begin_inset space ~
44146 \begin_inset space ~
44150 \begin_inset space ~
44153 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
44156 \begin_layout Description
44158 \begin_inset space ~
44162 \begin_inset space ~
44166 \begin_inset space ~
44169 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
44170 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
44171 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
44174 \begin_layout Description
44176 \begin_inset space ~
44180 \begin_inset space ~
44186 \begin_layout Description
44188 \begin_inset space ~
44192 \begin_inset space ~
44195 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
44196 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
44199 \begin_layout Description
44201 \begin_inset space ~
44205 \begin_inset space ~
44208 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
44213 \begin_inset Index idx
44216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44217 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44222 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
44225 \begin_layout Description
44227 \begin_inset space ~
44231 \begin_inset space ~
44234 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
44242 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
44247 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
44249 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
44252 \begin_layout Description
44254 \begin_inset space ~
44258 \begin_inset space ~
44261 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44266 \begin_inset Index idx
44269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44270 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
44275 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
44278 \begin_layout Description
44280 \begin_inset space ~
44283 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44288 \begin_inset Index idx
44291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44292 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
44298 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
44302 \begin_layout Description
44304 \begin_inset space ~
44308 \begin_inset space ~
44312 \begin_inset space ~
44315 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
44316 \begin_inset space ~
44322 \begin_layout Description
44324 \begin_inset space ~
44328 \begin_inset space ~
44332 \begin_inset space ~
44335 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
44336 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
44337 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
44341 \begin_layout Description
44343 \begin_inset space ~
44347 \begin_inset space ~
44351 \begin_inset space ~
44354 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
44355 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
44358 \begin_layout Standard
44359 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
44362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44363 LatexCommand formatted
44364 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
44368 for more information on the language package.
44371 \begin_layout Section
44373 \begin_inset Index idx
44376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44383 \begin_inset Index idx
44386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44395 \begin_layout Standard
44396 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44398 \begin_inset space ~
44401 out notes (default: light grey).
44406 sets the color back to the default.
44409 \begin_layout Standard
44410 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44412 \begin_inset space ~
44415 boxes (default: red).
44418 \begin_layout Standard
44419 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44423 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
44425 \begin_inset space ~
44428 out note appears blue in the output.)
44436 \begin_layout Standard
44437 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44440 \begin_inset space ~
44445 in the document settings under
44448 \begin_inset space ~
44453 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44456 \begin_inset space ~
44464 \begin_inset space ~
44470 For example the option
44473 \begin_layout Standard
44479 \begin_layout Standard
44480 sets the link text color to black.
44481 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44486 \begin_inset Index idx
44489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44490 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44496 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44505 \begin_layout Standard
44506 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44512 \begin_layout Standard
44513 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44514 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44515 \begin_inset space ~
44518 Code behind a forced page break:
44521 \begin_layout Itemize
44522 For the page color:
44523 \begin_inset Newline newline
44530 pagecolor{color name}
44533 \begin_layout Itemize
44534 For the text color:
44535 \begin_inset Newline newline
44545 \begin_layout Standard
44546 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44579 \begin_inset Newline newline
44582 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44586 \begin_layout Itemize
44587 For the page background color:
44588 \begin_inset Newline newline
44593 page_backgroundcolor
44596 \begin_layout Itemize
44597 For the main text color:
44598 \begin_inset Newline newline
44606 \begin_layout Itemize
44608 \begin_inset space ~
44611 box background color:
44612 \begin_inset Newline newline
44620 \begin_layout Itemize
44622 \begin_inset space ~
44625 out note text color:
44626 \begin_inset Newline newline
44634 \begin_layout Standard
44635 How to define and use custom colors, see section
44638 \begin_inset space ~
44646 \begin_inset space ~
44654 \begin_layout Section
44658 \begin_layout Standard
44659 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44660 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44661 \begin_inset space ~
44665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44667 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44674 \begin_layout Section
44678 \begin_layout Standard
44679 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44684 \begin_inset Index idx
44687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44688 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44698 \begin_inset Index idx
44701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44702 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44708 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44713 \begin_inset Index idx
44716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44717 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44722 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44724 For a further description see section
44725 \begin_inset space ~
44729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44731 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44738 \begin_layout Section
44742 \begin_layout Standard
44743 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44744 and you can define additional indexes.
44745 Please refer to section
44746 \begin_inset space ~
44750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44752 reference "sec:Index"
44759 \begin_layout Section
44763 \begin_layout Standard
44764 The PDF properties are explained in section
44765 \begin_inset space ~
44769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44771 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44778 \begin_layout Section
44782 \begin_layout Standard
44783 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44788 \begin_inset Index idx
44791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44792 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44802 \begin_inset Index idx
44805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44806 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44816 \begin_inset Index idx
44819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44820 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44830 \begin_inset Index idx
44833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44834 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44839 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44842 \begin_layout Description
44843 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44844 ensure that you have enabled
44847 \begin_inset space ~
44855 \begin_layout Description
44856 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44859 \begin_inset space ~
44871 \begin_layout Description
44872 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44883 \begin_layout Description
44884 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44886 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44895 \begin_layout Section
44899 \begin_layout Standard
44900 The float placement options are described in section
44903 \begin_inset space ~
44911 \begin_inset space ~
44919 \begin_layout Section
44923 \begin_layout Standard
44924 The listings settings are explained in chapter
44926 Program Code Listings
44931 \begin_inset space ~
44939 \begin_layout Section
44943 \begin_layout Standard
44944 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
44945 The itemize environment is described in section
44946 \begin_inset space ~
44950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44952 reference "sec:Itemize"
44959 \begin_layout Section
44963 \begin_layout Standard
44964 Branches are described in section
44965 \begin_inset space ~
44969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44971 reference "sec:Branches"
44978 \begin_layout Section
44980 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44982 name "sec:Doc-Output"
44989 \begin_layout Standard
44990 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
44993 \begin_layout Description
44995 \begin_inset space ~
44999 \begin_inset space ~
45002 Format: The format that is used when you hit
45003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45022 View Master Document
45023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45030 Update Master Document
45031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45038 menu or the toolbar.
45039 The default is set in
45041 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45042 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45046 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45051 LatexCommand formatted
45052 reference "sec:File-Formats"
45059 \begin_layout Description
45061 \begin_inset space ~
45065 \begin_inset space ~
45068 Output settings for the menu
45070 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45072 \begin_inset space ~
45078 For a detailed description see section
45080 Reverse DVI/PDF search
45085 \begin_inset space ~
45093 \begin_layout Description
45095 \begin_inset space ~
45099 \begin_inset space ~
45102 Options settings for the export format
45110 \begin_inset space ~
45115 will assure that the output follows exactly version
45116 \begin_inset space ~
45119 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
45123 \begin_inset space ~
45128 settings are described in detail in section
45130 Math Output in XHTML
45135 \begin_inset space ~
45141 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
45144 \begin_layout Section
45149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45159 \begin_layout Standard
45160 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
45161 to define LaTeX-commands.
45162 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
45163 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
45167 \begin_layout Standard
45168 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
45169 \begin_inset space ~
45173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45175 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
45182 \begin_layout Chapter
45188 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45190 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
45195 \begin_inset Index idx
45198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45207 \begin_layout Standard
45208 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
45210 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45214 It has the following submenus.
45217 \begin_layout Section
45221 \begin_layout Subsection
45225 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45226 User Interface File
45227 \begin_inset Index idx
45230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45231 Customization ! of toolbars
45237 \begin_inset Index idx
45240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45241 Customization ! of menus
45249 \begin_layout Standard
45250 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
45251 interface (ui) file.
45252 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
45253 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
45262 Both files are loaded by the
45267 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
45268 files and edit the entries.
45271 \begin_layout Standard
45272 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
45284 entries must be finished with an explicit
45309 and in the case of the
45310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45322 The syntax for the entries is:
45325 \begin_layout Standard
45326 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45354 \begin_layout Standard
45356 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45359 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
45361 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45363 \begin_inset space ~
45371 \begin_layout Standard
45372 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45378 \begin_layout Standard
45379 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45381 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45384 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45388 \begin_layout Standard
45389 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45413 \begin_layout Standard
45415 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45426 menu in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45429 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45433 \begin_layout Standard
45434 Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
45435 The currently available icon sets are compared in
45436 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45439 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
45446 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45450 \begin_layout Standard
45453 Enable tool tips in main work area
45455 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45459 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45463 \begin_layout Standard
45466 Restore window layouts and geometries
45468 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45469 in the last LyX session.
45472 \begin_layout Standard
45475 Restore cursor positions
45477 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
45481 \begin_layout Standard
45484 Load opened files from last session
45486 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45489 \begin_layout Standard
45492 Clear all session information
45494 deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
45495 of last opened documents, etc.).
45498 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45500 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45502 name "sub:Backup documents"
45507 \begin_inset Index idx
45510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45519 \begin_layout Standard
45522 Backup original documents when saving
45524 creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
45525 it was saved the last time.
45526 It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
45529 \begin_inset space ~
45535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45537 reference "sec:Paths"
45542 The backup file has the file extension
45543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45557 \begin_layout Standard
45560 Backup documents, every
45562 , you can specify the time between backup saves.
45565 \begin_layout Standard
45568 Save documents compressed by default
45570 saves the files always in a compressed format.
45573 \begin_layout Standard
45578 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45581 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45583 \begin_inset space ~
45591 \begin_layout Standard
45594 Open documents in tabs
45596 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45600 \begin_layout Standard
45605 is only active if a LyXServer pipe
45609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45617 reference "sec:Paths"
45621 for information about LyXServer pipes.
45627 If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance
45629 Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file.
45632 \begin_layout Standard
45635 Single close-tab button
45637 there will only be one button (
45640 \begin_inset Graphics
45641 filename ../images/closetab.png
45648 ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
45649 Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
45652 \begin_layout Standard
45653 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45661 For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
45669 \begin_layout Subsection
45671 \begin_inset Index idx
45674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45681 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45683 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45690 \begin_layout Standard
45691 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45694 \begin_layout Standard
45695 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45703 This section only deals with the fonts
45708 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45711 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45712 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45723 \begin_layout Standard
45724 By default, LyX uses
45728 as roman (serif) font,
45736 (depends on the system) as
45739 \begin_inset space ~
45755 \begin_layout Standard
45756 You can change the font size with the
45763 \begin_layout Standard
45768 are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45770 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45773 points have the size of 1
45774 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45778 \begin_inset space ~
45782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45784 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
45789 The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
45790 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45794 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45795 \begin_inset space ~
45799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45801 reference "sub:Document-Font"
45808 \begin_layout Standard
45811 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
45813 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
45814 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
45815 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
45816 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
45818 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
45819 \begin_inset space ~
45825 \begin_layout Subsection
45827 \begin_inset Index idx
45830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45837 \begin_inset Index idx
45840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45849 \begin_layout Standard
45850 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
45851 Choose an item in the list and use the
45858 \begin_layout Standard
45859 By using the option
45863 the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
45866 cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
45867 \begin_inset space ~
45871 \begin_inset space ~
45876 are then not customizable and thus not listed.
45879 \begin_layout Subsection
45881 \begin_inset Index idx
45884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45893 \begin_layout Standard
45894 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
45897 \begin_layout Standard
45902 enables previewing snippets of your document.
45903 This feature is described in section
45904 \begin_inset space ~
45908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45910 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
45917 \begin_layout Standard
45921 \begin_inset space ~
45925 \begin_inset space ~
45929 \begin_inset space ~
45934 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
45937 \begin_layout Section
45939 \begin_inset Index idx
45942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45951 \begin_layout Subsection
45955 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45959 \begin_layout Standard
45962 Cursor follows scrollbar
45964 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
45968 \begin_layout Standard
45969 You can adjust the width of the cursor.
45970 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
45971 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
45974 \begin_layout Standard
45977 Scroll below end of document
45979 is self-explanatory.
45982 \begin_layout Standard
45983 In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
45990 Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
45992 the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
45993 Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
45996 \begin_layout Standard
45999 Sort environments alphabetically
46001 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46004 \begin_layout Standard
46007 Group environments by their category
46009 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46012 \begin_layout Standard
46013 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
46025 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46029 \begin_layout Standard
46030 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
46035 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
46036 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text appears
46040 \begin_layout Subsection
46042 \begin_inset Index idx
46045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46052 \begin_inset Index idx
46055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46056 Settings ! Shortcuts
46064 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46068 \begin_layout Standard
46069 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
46070 Several binding files are available:
46073 \begin_layout Description
46074 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
46077 \begin_layout Description
46078 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
46089 \begin_layout Description
46090 mac.bind set of bindings for
46093 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46101 \begin_layout Standard
46102 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
46106 , and bind files for special languages.
46107 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
46108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46112 \begin_inset space \space{}
46116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46124 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
46128 \begin_layout Standard
46129 Some bind-files, like
46133 , have only a small scope.
46134 When looking at the end of the file
46138 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
46141 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46143 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46145 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
46150 \begin_inset Index idx
46153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46154 Key Bindings ! Editing
46162 \begin_layout Standard
46163 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
46164 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
46165 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
46168 Show key-bindings containing
46171 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
46172 Insert there for example as keyword
46173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46180 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
46182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46190 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
46191 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
46195 that you will find in the
46202 \begin_layout Standard
46204 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46208 \begin_inset space \space{}
46219 , select the function and press the
46224 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
46225 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
46226 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
46227 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
46228 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
46230 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
46232 The binding for the function
46236 is an example of this.
46239 \begin_layout Standard
46240 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
46242 The syntax of the entries is:
46245 \begin_layout Standard
46251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46269 \begin_layout Subsection
46271 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46273 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
46278 \begin_inset Index idx
46281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46288 \begin_inset Index idx
46291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46292 Settings ! Keyboard Map
46300 \begin_layout Standard
46301 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
46302 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
46304 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46308 \begin_inset space \space{}
46311 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
46312 can use the keyboard map file named
46319 \begin_layout Standard
46320 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46328 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
46336 \begin_layout Standard
46337 You can furthermore specify here the
46339 Wheel scrolling speed
46342 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
46346 \begin_layout Standard
46351 you can select a key for zooming.
46352 When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
46355 \begin_layout Subsection
46359 \begin_layout Standard
46360 Input completion is described in sec.
46361 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46367 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
46374 \begin_layout Section
46376 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46383 \begin_inset Index idx
46386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46393 \begin_inset Index idx
46396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46405 \begin_layout Description
46407 \begin_inset space ~
46410 directory This is LyX's working directory.
46411 It is the default when you
46422 \begin_inset space ~
46430 \begin_layout Description
46432 \begin_inset space ~
46435 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
46437 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46439 \begin_inset space ~
46443 \begin_inset space ~
46451 \begin_layout Description
46453 \begin_inset space ~
46456 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
46462 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46466 \begin_inset Newline newline
46470 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46482 button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
46490 \begin_layout Description
46492 \begin_inset space ~
46496 \begin_inset Index idx
46499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46505 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
46506 If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
46507 \begin_inset space ~
46511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46513 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46521 will be used to save the backups.
46522 \begin_inset Newline newline
46525 Backup files have the ending
46526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46536 \begin_layout Description
46541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46549 \begin_inset space ~
46552 pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
46553 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
46554 \begin_inset Newline newline
46561 You add a BibTeX-database
46566 You can edit this file with the program
46575 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
46578 \begin_inset space ~
46584 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46589 and click on the LyX-symbol.
46590 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46596 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
46597 \begin_inset Newline newline
46600 The pipe is also used for the
46605 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46611 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46616 \begin_inset Newline newline
46619 To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
46620 \begin_inset Newline newline
46636 \begin_layout Description
46638 \begin_inset space ~
46641 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46644 \begin_layout Description
46646 \begin_inset space ~
46649 dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
46650 You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
46651 if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
46654 \begin_layout Description
46656 \begin_inset space ~
46659 dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
46665 You only need to specify it if you are using
46669 and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
46675 is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
46679 \begin_layout Description
46681 \begin_inset space ~
46684 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46685 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46686 to find it on the system.
46687 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46688 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46690 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46694 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46697 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46698 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46701 \begin_layout Description
46703 \begin_inset space ~
46706 prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
46707 are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code.
46708 This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
46710 The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
46711 of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
46712 If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
46713 scanned for the input files.
46714 Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
46715 to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
46716 It is recommended to include always '.' as one of the paths, otherwise compilati
46717 on may fail for some documents.
46720 \begin_layout Section
46724 \begin_layout Standard
46725 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46726 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46728 \begin_inset space ~
46732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46734 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46738 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46741 \begin_layout Section
46743 \begin_inset Index idx
46746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46747 Language ! Settings
46753 \begin_inset Index idx
46756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46757 Settings ! Language
46765 \begin_layout Subsection
46767 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46769 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
46776 \begin_layout Description
46778 \begin_inset space ~
46782 \begin_inset space ~
46785 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
46786 You find the actual translation status here:
46787 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46789 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46796 \begin_layout Description
46798 \begin_inset space ~
46801 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
46803 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
46804 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
46805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46821 The most widespread language package is
46826 \begin_inset Index idx
46829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46830 LaTeX-packages ! babel
46835 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
46836 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
46837 with the alternative language package
46842 \begin_inset Index idx
46845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46846 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
46851 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
46852 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
46854 The available selections are described in sec.
46855 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46861 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
46868 \begin_layout Description
46870 \begin_inset space ~
46873 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
46874 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
46875 An example is the start command
46881 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
46886 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46901 selectlanguage{$$lang}
46906 \begin_layout Description
46908 \begin_inset space ~
46916 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
46917 command toggles the package on and off.
46920 \begin_layout Description
46922 \begin_inset space ~
46926 \begin_inset space ~
46929 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
46933 \begin_layout Description
46935 \begin_inset space ~
46939 \begin_inset space ~
46942 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
46943 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
46944 used by all LaTeX-packages.
46945 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
46952 \begin_layout Description
46954 \begin_inset space ~
46957 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
46959 When this option is not set, the
46962 \begin_inset space ~
46967 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
46968 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
46971 \begin_inset space ~
46979 \begin_layout Description
46981 \begin_inset space ~
46987 \begin_inset space ~
46993 When it is not set, the
46996 \begin_inset space ~
47001 is set to the end of the document.
47004 \begin_layout Description
47006 \begin_inset space ~
47010 \begin_inset space ~
47013 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
47014 language will be underlined blue.
47017 \begin_layout Description
47019 \begin_inset space ~
47023 \begin_inset space ~
47026 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
47027 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
47030 \begin_layout Description
47032 \begin_inset space ~
47035 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
47036 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
47037 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
47038 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
47041 \begin_layout Subsection
47045 \begin_layout Standard
47046 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
47047 \begin_inset space ~
47051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47053 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
47060 \begin_layout Section
47064 \begin_layout Subsection
47068 \begin_layout Description
47070 \begin_inset space ~
47074 \begin_inset space ~
47077 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
47080 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47081 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47083 \begin_inset space ~
47089 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
47093 \begin_layout Description
47095 \begin_inset space ~
47099 \begin_inset Index idx
47102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47109 \begin_inset Index idx
47112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47113 Settings ! Date format
47118 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
47119 \begin_inset Newline newline
47123 \begin_inset Flex URL
47126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47128 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
47134 \begin_inset Newline newline
47137 For example the format
47138 \begin_inset Newline newline
47142 \begin_inset Newline newline
47145 prints the date as day/month/year.
47148 \begin_layout Description
47150 \begin_inset space ~
47154 \begin_inset space ~
47157 export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
47160 \begin_layout Description
47162 \begin_inset space ~
47165 search Commands that will be used for the menu
47167 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47169 \begin_inset space ~
47175 For a detailed description see section
47177 Reverse DVI/PDF search
47182 \begin_inset space ~
47190 \begin_layout Subsection
47192 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47199 \begin_inset Index idx
47202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47209 \begin_inset Index idx
47212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47221 \begin_layout Description
47223 \begin_inset space ~
47226 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
47227 The name will be used when the
47232 \begin_inset Newline newline
47236 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
47239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47244 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
47252 \begin_layout Description
47254 \begin_inset space ~
47257 command is the command LyX
47258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47262 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47265 LaTeX uses for printing.
47266 The default is on most systems
47273 \begin_layout Description
47275 \begin_inset space ~
47279 \begin_inset space ~
47282 Options Here you can specify printer options.
47283 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
47284 of the program that provides the
47291 \begin_layout Description
47293 \begin_inset space ~
47297 \begin_inset space ~
47301 \begin_inset space ~
47304 printer This option works only for the
47309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47321 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
47322 This is an option only for dvips experts.
47325 \begin_layout Subsection
47330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47340 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
47345 \begin_inset Index idx
47348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47357 \begin_layout Description
47359 \begin_inset space ~
47366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47374 \begin_inset space ~
47378 \begin_inset space ~
47381 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
47386 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
47407 are used for Cyrillic.
47408 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
47409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47421 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
47422 LyX sets up in the background.
47423 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
47426 \begin_layout Description
47428 \begin_inset space ~
47432 \begin_inset space ~
47435 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
47440 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
47443 \begin_layout Description
47445 \begin_inset space ~
47449 \begin_inset space ~
47453 \begin_inset space ~
47457 \begin_inset space ~
47460 options They only have an effect when the program
47464 is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
47467 \begin_layout Standard
47468 You can also specify here options and commands with parameters for processors.
47469 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
47470 manuals of the applications.
47473 \begin_layout Description
47475 \begin_inset space ~
47478 generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
47479 \begin_inset space ~
47483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47485 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
47492 \begin_layout Description
47494 \begin_inset space ~
47497 generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
47498 \begin_inset space ~
47502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47504 reference "sub:Index-Program"
47511 \begin_layout Description
47513 \begin_inset space ~
47516 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
47517 \begin_inset space ~
47521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47523 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
47530 \begin_layout Description
47535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47543 \begin_inset space ~
47546 command Command for the program
47550 that is described in the section
47556 Additional Features
47561 \begin_layout Standard
47562 There are additionally the following options:
47565 \begin_layout Description
47567 \begin_inset space ~
47571 \begin_inset space ~
47575 \begin_inset space ~
47579 \begin_inset space ~
47583 \begin_inset space ~
47586 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
47587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47604 to separate folders.
47605 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
47606 \begin_inset Index idx
47609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47616 \begin_inset Index idx
47619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47628 \begin_layout Description
47630 \begin_inset space ~
47634 \begin_inset space ~
47638 \begin_inset space ~
47642 \begin_inset space ~
47646 \begin_inset space ~
47650 \begin_inset space ~
47653 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47655 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47658 dialog when changing the document class.
47661 \begin_layout Section
47663 \begin_inset space ~
47667 \begin_inset Index idx
47670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47679 \begin_layout Subsection
47681 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47683 name "sub:Converters"
47688 \begin_inset Index idx
47691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47700 \begin_layout Standard
47701 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47702 from one format to another.
47703 You can modify converters or create new ones.
47704 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47711 \begin_inset space ~
47721 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47725 \begin_inset space ~
47730 drop-down list, modify the
47734 field and press the
47741 \begin_layout Standard
47744 Converter File Cache
47746 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47749 Maximum Age (in days
47752 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47753 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47756 \begin_layout Standard
47757 More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
47758 definition, is described in the section
47769 \begin_layout Subsection
47771 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47773 name "sec:File-Formats"
47778 \begin_inset Index idx
47781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47788 \begin_inset Index idx
47791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47800 \begin_layout Standard
47801 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
47802 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
47806 \begin_layout Standard
47807 Furthermore, you can define the
47809 Default output format
47811 that is used when you use
47813 View, Update, View Master Document
47817 Update Master Document
47823 menu or the toolbar.
47826 \begin_layout Standard
47827 More about formats and their options is described in the section
47838 \begin_layout Standard
47839 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
47840 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
47841 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
47842 This is done by specifying a
47847 More about this is described in the section
47858 \begin_layout Chapter
47859 Units available in LyX
47860 \begin_inset Index idx
47863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47870 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47872 name "cha:Units-available-in"
47879 \begin_layout Standard
47880 To understand the units described in this documentation,
47881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47883 reference "cap:Units"
47887 explains all units available in LyX.
47890 \begin_layout Standard
47891 \begin_inset Float table
47897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47898 \begin_inset Caption
47900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47901 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47916 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
47922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47924 \begin_inset Tabular
47925 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
47926 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
47927 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47928 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48024 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48079 scaled point (65536
48080 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48084 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48112 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48136 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48140 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
48144 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48168 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48195 % of original image width
48202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48384 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48388 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48409 \begin_layout Chapter
48411 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48420 \begin_layout Standard
48421 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
48422 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
48425 \begin_layout Itemize
48428 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
48431 \begin_layout Itemize
48437 \begin_layout Itemize
48443 \begin_layout Itemize
48449 \begin_layout Itemize
48455 \begin_layout Itemize
48461 \begin_layout Itemize
48467 \begin_layout Itemize
48473 \begin_layout Itemize
48476 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
48479 \begin_layout Itemize
48485 \begin_layout Itemize
48491 \begin_layout Itemize
48497 \begin_layout Itemize
48503 \begin_layout Itemize
48509 \begin_layout Itemize
48515 \begin_layout Itemize
48521 \begin_layout Itemize
48527 \begin_layout Itemize
48529 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
48538 \begin_layout Standard
48539 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48542 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
48549 \begin_layout Bibliography
48550 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48551 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48552 LatexCommand bibitem
48559 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48562 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
48567 \begin_inset Newline newline
48571 \begin_inset Flex URL
48574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48576 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
48584 \begin_layout Bibliography
48585 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48586 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48587 LatexCommand bibitem
48588 key "latexcompanion"
48592 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48594 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
48597 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48600 \begin_layout Bibliography
48601 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48602 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48603 LatexCommand bibitem
48608 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48611 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
48614 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48617 \begin_layout Bibliography
48618 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48619 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48620 LatexCommand bibitem
48627 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
48630 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48633 \begin_layout Bibliography
48634 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48635 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48636 LatexCommand bibitem
48648 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48651 \begin_layout Bibliography
48652 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48653 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48654 LatexCommand bibitem
48660 \begin_inset Newline newline
48664 \begin_inset Flex URL
48667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48669 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48677 \begin_layout Bibliography
48678 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48679 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48680 LatexCommand bibitem
48686 \begin_inset Newline newline
48690 \begin_inset Flex URL
48693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48695 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48703 \begin_layout Bibliography
48704 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48705 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48706 LatexCommand bibitem
48712 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48714 name "Documentation"
48715 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48724 \begin_inset Newline newline
48728 \begin_inset Flex URL
48731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48733 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48741 \begin_layout Bibliography
48742 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48743 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48744 LatexCommand bibitem
48750 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48752 name "Documentation"
48753 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48757 how to use the program
48762 \begin_inset Newline newline
48766 \begin_inset Flex URL
48769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48771 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48779 \begin_layout Bibliography
48780 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48781 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48782 LatexCommand bibitem
48788 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48790 name "Documentation"
48791 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48800 \begin_inset Newline newline
48804 \begin_inset Flex URL
48807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48809 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
48817 \begin_layout Bibliography
48818 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48819 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48820 LatexCommand bibitem
48826 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48828 name "Documentation"
48829 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
48838 \begin_inset Newline newline
48842 \begin_inset Flex URL
48845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48847 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
48855 \begin_layout Bibliography
48856 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48857 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48858 LatexCommand bibitem
48864 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48866 name "Documentation"
48867 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
48871 of the LaTeX-package
48876 \begin_inset Index idx
48879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48880 LaTeX-packages ! caption
48886 \begin_inset Newline newline
48890 \begin_inset Flex URL
48893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48895 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
48903 \begin_layout Bibliography
48904 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48905 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48906 LatexCommand bibitem
48912 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48914 name "Documentation"
48915 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
48919 of the LaTeX-package
48924 \begin_inset Index idx
48927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48928 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
48934 \begin_inset Newline newline
48938 \begin_inset Flex URL
48941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48943 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
48951 \begin_layout Bibliography
48952 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48953 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48954 LatexCommand bibitem
48960 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48962 name "Documentation"
48963 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
48967 of the LaTeX-package
48972 \begin_inset Index idx
48975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48976 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
48982 \begin_inset Newline newline
48986 \begin_inset Flex URL
48989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48991 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
48999 \begin_layout Bibliography
49000 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49001 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49002 LatexCommand bibitem
49010 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49012 name "Documentation"
49013 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
49019 of the LaTeX-package
49024 \begin_inset Index idx
49027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49028 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
49034 \begin_inset Newline newline
49038 \begin_inset Flex URL
49041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49043 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
49051 \begin_layout Bibliography
49052 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49053 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49054 LatexCommand bibitem
49060 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49062 name "Documentation"
49063 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
49067 of the LaTeX-package
49072 \begin_inset Index idx
49075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49076 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
49082 \begin_inset Newline newline
49086 \begin_inset Flex URL
49089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49091 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
49099 \begin_layout Bibliography
49100 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49101 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49102 LatexCommand bibitem
49108 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49110 name "Documentation"
49111 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
49115 of the LaTeX-package
49120 \begin_inset Index idx
49123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49124 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
49130 \begin_inset Newline newline
49134 \begin_inset Flex URL
49137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49139 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
49147 \begin_layout Bibliography
49148 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49149 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49150 LatexCommand bibitem
49156 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49158 name "Documentation"
49159 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
49163 of the LaTeX-package
49168 \begin_inset Index idx
49171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49172 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
49178 \begin_inset Newline newline
49182 \begin_inset Flex URL
49185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49187 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
49195 \begin_layout Bibliography
49196 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49197 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49198 LatexCommand bibitem
49204 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49206 name "Documentation"
49207 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
49211 of the LaTeX-package
49216 \begin_inset Index idx
49219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49220 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
49226 \begin_inset Newline newline
49230 \begin_inset Flex URL
49233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49235 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
49243 \begin_layout Bibliography
49244 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49245 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49246 LatexCommand bibitem
49252 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49255 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
49259 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
49260 \begin_inset Newline newline
49264 \begin_inset Flex URL
49267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49269 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
49277 \begin_layout Bibliography
49278 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49279 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49280 LatexCommand bibitem
49286 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49289 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
49293 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
49294 \begin_inset Newline newline
49298 \begin_inset Flex URL
49301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49303 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
49311 \begin_layout Bibliography
49312 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49313 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49314 LatexCommand bibitem
49320 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49323 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
49327 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
49328 \begin_inset Newline newline
49332 \begin_inset Flex URL
49335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49337 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
49345 \begin_layout Bibliography
49346 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49347 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49348 LatexCommand bibitem
49354 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49357 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
49361 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
49362 \begin_inset Newline newline
49366 \begin_inset Flex URL
49369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49371 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
49379 \begin_layout Bibliography
49380 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49381 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49382 LatexCommand bibitem
49388 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49391 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
49395 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
49396 \begin_inset Newline newline
49400 \begin_inset Flex URL
49403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49405 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
49413 \begin_layout Bibliography
49414 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49415 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49416 LatexCommand bibitem
49422 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49425 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
49429 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
49430 \begin_inset Newline newline
49434 \begin_inset Flex URL
49437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49439 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
49447 \begin_layout Bibliography
49448 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49449 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49450 LatexCommand bibitem
49456 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49459 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
49463 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
49464 \begin_inset Newline newline
49468 \begin_inset Flex URL
49471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49473 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
49481 \begin_layout Bibliography
49482 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49483 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49484 LatexCommand bibitem
49490 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49493 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
49497 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
49498 \begin_inset Newline newline
49502 \begin_inset Flex URL
49505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49507 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
49515 \begin_layout Bibliography
49516 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49517 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49518 LatexCommand bibitem
49524 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49527 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
49531 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
49532 \begin_inset Newline newline
49536 \begin_inset Flex URL
49539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49541 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
49549 \begin_layout Bibliography
49550 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49551 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49552 LatexCommand bibitem
49558 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49561 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
49565 about new features in
49570 \begin_inset Newline newline
49574 \begin_inset Flex URL
49577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49579 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
49587 \begin_layout Standard
49588 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49622 \begin_inset Note Note
49625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49632 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49633 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49634 bibliography is the second one:
49642 \begin_layout Standard
49643 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49644 LatexCommand bibtex
49645 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
49646 options "biblio/alphadin"
49653 \begin_layout Standard
49654 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49657 \begin_layout Standard
49658 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49659 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49665 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49666 LatexCommand printindex